Owner’s Manual

2020 CLARITY
Plug-In Hybrid
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 0 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
3 WARNING and/or brake pedal; and,
California Proposition 65 Warning • How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
passenger vehicle or off-highway motor
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
vehicle can expose you to chemicals including
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
State of California to cause cancer and birth
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
defects or other reproductive harm. To
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
investigation.
do not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and wear gloves or wash your hands
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
frequently when servicing your vehicle. For
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
more information go to
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
access to the vehicle or the EDR.

Event Data Recorders The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near vehicle owner.
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s Service Diagnostic Recorders
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
designed to record such data as: diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating; data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
buckled/fastened; uploaded to Honda upon vehicle start up.
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 1 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act Software End User License Agreement
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/ contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User
License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services,
by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment. the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and
conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software
by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda
Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop
100-5E-8A, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.

Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage
this setting, visit www.hondalink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 2 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

High-Voltage Battery Monitoring System

This vehicle is equipped with a monitoring system that compiles
data about your vehicle and driving conditions and transmits that
data to Honda at regular intervals as determined at the discretion
of Honda. This data includes information on but not limited to the
following:
● Vehicle location, distance driven, warning indicators and
messages, and vehicle speed
● High-Voltage Battery system control and power generation
The system does not record audio or images.
Data collected is used for the sole purposes of technical diagnoses,
preventive maintenance, research and vehicle development.
Neither Honda nor any third party receiving data will use the data
for any other purpose without first obtaining customer
authorization.
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 3 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

A Few Words About Safety You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And ● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility. ● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and These signal words mean:
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
could hurt you or others. 3DANGER
you don’t follow instructions.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
3WARNING
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You you don’t follow instructions.
must use your own good judgment.
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
3CAUTION
instructions.

● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.

● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

This entire book is filled with important safety information - please

read it carefully.
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 4 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Contents

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the 2 Safe Driving P. 41
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold. For Safe Driving P. 42 Seat Belts P. 47 Airbags P. 54

2 Instrument Panel P. 85
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
Indicators P. 86 Gauges and Driver Information Interface P. 121
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model. 2 Controls P. 135
Clock P. 136 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 137
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 158
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover) Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 183
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
2 Features P. 203
features.
Audio System P. 204 Audio System Basic Operation P. 210
Customized Features P. 306 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * P. 334
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
2 Driving P. 371
Before Driving P. 372 Towing a Trailer P. 377
The information and specifications included in this publication were Multi-View Rear Camera P. 453 Refueling P. 455
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications 2 Maintenance P. 475
Before Performing Maintenance P. 476 Maintenance MinderTM P. 479
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 500
obligation. Climate Control System Maintenance P. 515 Cleaning P. 517

2 Handling the Unexpected P. 525

If a Tire Goes Flat P. 526 Handling of the Jack P. 538
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 549
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 566

2 Information P. 569
Specifications P. 570 Identification Numbers P. 572
Emissions Testing P. 575 Warranty Coverages P. 576
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 5 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Contents
Quick Reference Guide P. 6
Child Safety P. 69 Safety Labels P. 83

Safe Driving P. 41

Instrument Panel P. 85
Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 150 Security System P. 153 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 156
Adjusting the Mirrors P. 173 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
Climate Control System P. 193
Controls P. 135

Audio Error Messages P. 284 General Information on the Audio System P. 288 Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 337
P. 203

Driving P. 371
When Driving P. 378 Braking P. 435 Parking Your Vehicle P. 451
Charging P. 458 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 473
Maintenance P. 475
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 484 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 498
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 503 12-Volt Battery P. 512 Remote Transmitter Care P. 514 Handling the Unexpected
Accessories and Modifications P. 523
P. 525

Information P. 569
Power System Won’t Start P. 539 Jump Starting P. 543 Overheating P. 546
Fuses P. 557 Emergency Towing P. 565
When You Cannot Open the Charge Lid P. 567 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 568
Index P. 582
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 573 Reporting Safety Defects P. 574
Authorized Manuals P. 579 Customer Service Information P. 580
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 6 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index
❚
Quick Reference Guide

(Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®)

System OFF) Button (P 427)
❚ Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
❚ System Indicators (P 86) Button (P 400)
❚ Gauges (P 121) ❚ Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
❚ Driver Information Interface (CMBSTM) OFF Button (P 446)
(P 124)
❚ Charge Lid Release Button
(P 460, 463)

❚ Navigation System *
() See the Navigation System Manual
❚ Audio System (P 204)
❚ Hazard Warning Button
❚ Rear Defogger (P 169)
❚ Heated Door Mirror Button (P 169)
❚ Climate Control System (P 193)

❚ Seat Heater Buttons (P 191)

❚ POWER Button (P 158)

❚ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P 172)

6
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 7 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

❚ Headlights/Turn Signals (P 161, 162)

Quick Reference Guide

❚ LaneWatchTM (P 433)
❚ Paddle Selector (- (P 392)
❚ Brightness Control (P 168)
❚ TRIP Button (P 125, 126)

❚ Paddle Selector (+ (P 392)

❚ Wipers/Washers (P 166)
❚ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow Buttons (P 404)
❚ Interval Button (P 412)
❚ Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button (P 421)
❚ MAIN Button (P403, 421)
❚ Horn (Press an area around .)
❚ (Display/Information) Button (P 124)
❚ ENTER Button (P 124, 207)
❚ 3 / 4 / / Buttons (P 124, 207)
❚ Voice Control Buttons (P 239)
❚ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System
Voice Control Buttons (P 337)

* Not available on all models 7

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 8 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Visual Index
❚ Power Window Switches (P 156)
Quick Reference Guide

❚ Memory Buttons * (P 171) ❚ Power Door Lock Master Switch (P 148)

❚ SET Button * (P 171) ❚ Door Mirror Controls (P 174)
❚ Trunk Opener (P 150)
❚ Fuel Fill Door Release Button (P 456)
❚ Driver’s Front Airbag (P 57)
❚ SPORT Button (P 391)
❚ ECON Button (P 390)
❚ HV Button (P 16)
❚ Passenger’s Front Airbag (P 57)
❚ Rearview Mirror (P 173)
❚ Glove Box (P 185)
❚ Electric Parking Brake Switch (P 435)
❚ Automatic Brake Hold Button (P 439)
❚ Shift Button
Electronic Gear Selector (P 384)

❚ Accessory Power Socket (P 189)

❚ Driver’s Knee Airbag (P 61)
❚ Interior Fuse Box (P 560)
❚ Hood Release Handle (P 485)
8
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 9 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

❚ Side Curtain Airbags (P 65)

❚ Grab Handle

Quick Reference Guide

❚ Coat Hook (P 190)
❚ Map Lights (P 184)
❚ Seat Belts (P 47)
❚ Map Lights (P 184)

❚ Sunglasses Holder
(P 192)

❚ Sun Visors
❚ Vanity Mirrors
❚ Accessory Power
Socket (P 189)

❚ USB Ports (P 205)

❚ Front Seat (P 175)
❚ Side Airbags (P 63)
❚ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P 76)
❚ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P 78)
❚ Rear Seat (P 181)
❚ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P 74)
* Not available on all models 9
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 10 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Visual Index
❚ Maintenance Under the Hood (P 484)
Quick Reference Guide

❚ Windshield Wipers (P 166, 500)

❚ Power Door Mirrors (P 174)

❚ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P 139)

❚ Headlights (P 162, 498)
❚ Front Turn Signal Lights (P 161, 498)
❚ Front Side Marker Lights (P 162, 498)
❚ How to Charge (P 459)
❚ Tires (P 503, 526)
❚ Parking/Daytime Running Lights (P 162, 165, 498)

❚ How to Refuel (P 456)

❚ High-Mount Brake Light (P 499)
❚ Opening/Closing the Trunk (P 150)
❚ Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P 152)
❚ Trunk Release Button (P 151)
❚ Rear License Plate Light (P 499)
❚ Multi-View Rear Camera (P 453)
❚ Back-Up Lights (P 499)
❚ Taillights (P 499)
❚ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P 499)
❚ Tail/Rear Side Marker Lights (P 499)
❚ Brake Lights (P 499)
10
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 11 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in

(intelligent Multi-Mode Drive Plug-in)

Quick Reference Guide

Your Honda SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in vehicle uses both an electric motor and a gasoline engine as propulsion sources, with the electric
motor receiving electricity from an internal High Voltage battery or internal generator.
When the High Voltage battery has sufficient charge levels, the vehicle is propelled solely by the power supplied by the High Voltage
battery (Electric) or by a combination of power supplied by both the High Voltage battery and the generator which is driven by the engine.
When the High Voltage battery charge drops to low levels, the vehicle is propelled by power supplied by the engine-driven generator.
The system offers three different propulsion sources: You can drive with the electric motor, the gasoline engine, or both the electric motor
and the gasoline engine (hybrid). Under most driving conditions, the system automatically selects an appropriate propulsion source based
on the current driving needs.
The High Voltage battery can be charged while the vehicle is running or while it is plugged in.
2 Power Source and Charging (P15)

11
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 12 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

There are three drive modes: ECON, NORMAL, and SPORT

Regardless of the drive mode that is activated, when the accelerator pedal is depressed past a certain point, the engine starts. When this
occurs, electrical power generated by the engine combines with electrical power from the battery to provide greater driving force. If you
select ECON mode, the threshold for the engine to provide additional power is higher than it is when the vehicle operates under either of
Quick Reference Guide

the two sources. Note that if the accelerator pedal is depressed past the point at which you feel a click, the engine will start in the ECON
mode.
To maintain fuel efficiency, keep steady pressure on the accelerator pedal and avoid aggressive acceleration and deceleration.

Point at which you feel SPORT Mode Indicator

the accelerator pedal click
Hi SPORT Mode ECON Mode
ECON

EV Engine
EV drive NORMAL
frequency
EV Engine
SPORT

EV Engine
Lo
Min. Max. ECON Mode Indicator
Mode Buttons
Driving force
The indicator for the mode that you have selected comes on.

12
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 13 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Auto Engine Stop/Start

The car will select the appropriate source of power depending on the drive mode you select.
As a result, the engine will automatically start or stop as needed to either charge the battery or provide supplemental power.
Under certain circumstances, the engine may turn on or, if it is already on, it may not turn off.

Quick Reference Guide

● You are going uphill or accelerating aggressively.
● The climate control system is in heavy use.
● The Ambient temperature is too hot or too cold.
● The High Voltage Battery state of charge is very low.
● The engine has not been sufficiently warmed up.
● The vehicle is running a system check.

System Check
When the engine initially starts (between the time the POWER button is turned on and turned off), the vehicle conducts a system check.
● While the check is being conducted, the engine may periodically turn on and off. This, however, is normal.
● The curved blue line in the POWER/CHARGE Gauge will not appear during the system check (EV indicator may still turn on).
● Once the engine starts, it will continue to run until the system reaches operating temperature.
The curved blue line in the POWER/CHARGE Gauge will reappear once the system check is completed.
2 POWER/CHARGE Gauge (P122)

13
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 14 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Power Source Electric Hybrid Engine

Comes Goes
Quick Reference Guide

EV indicator
on off

POWER/CHARGE The readings on the blue bar The readings on the white bar
Gauge

Light to mid acceleration or cruise Mild to heavy acceleration The vehicle is cruising at a higher
● Only the electric motor provides ● The electric motor provides speed.
propulsion to the wheels. propulsion to the wheels. ● Propulsion is provided by the

Driving state ● The engine drives the generator, engine, coupled through the gears
supplying electricity to the electric to the transmission. This is
motor for added power or to the indicated by the gear icon in
High Voltage battery for charging. the display.

Energy flow

14
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 15 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Power Source and Charging

Electric Source
When the High Voltage battery is sufficiently charged, the vehicle is propelled solely by the electric motor. When the remaining power of
the High Voltage battery drops to a certain level, the vehicle switches to HV.

Quick Reference Guide

u To maintain charge levels, you can, at any time, use the HV button to switch the vehicle to HV.
2 Switching to HV (P16)
u If the High Voltage battery charge drops below levels that are necessary for the vehicle to run in Electric, you can enable charging of
the battery by pressing and holding the HV button.
2 Switching to HV CHARGE (P17)
Hybrid Source
In hybrid, the electric motor receives power either from the High Voltage battery or from the generator which is driven by the engine, or
from both the High Voltage battery and generator.
Engine Source
When the vehicle is driving under light load within a certain speed range, the engine provides direct power to the wheels.

Charging the High Voltage Battery (P459)

There are a number of ways to charge the High Voltage battery. You can:
● Use the Level 2 240V charger, or the portable charging cable located in the trunk.
● Use a public charging station.
● Enable HV Charge and let the battery charge while the vehicle is being driven.
When charging from an external source, you can schedule the start and end time for charging.
(P471)

Regenerative Energy and Regenerative Braking

When the vehicle is decelerating or descending a hill, the electric motor acts as a generator that recovers
a portion of the energy that was used to accelerate the vehicle.
The regenerative force that the electric motor applies to the wheels when it is in regenerative mode
helps to slow the vehicle down in a manner similar to engine braking which is used on conventional
vehicles. If you want to slow the vehicle down at a faster rate without using the brakes, you can use the
deceleration paddle selector to increase the resistive force.

15
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 16 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

HV Button
You can enable HV or HV Charge by pressing the HV button. HV Charge Indicator
The HV indicator comes on regardless of which source you have
enabled. If you press the HV button again, or set the power mode HV Charge
Quick Reference Guide

to VEHICLE OFF or ACCESSORY, the source you have selected will be

canceled.
● HV HV Indicator
To enable HV, press the HV button. In HV, the engine may run at HV
times to drive the generator so that battery charge levels can be
maintained.

Press

High Voltage battery charge levels maintained

Press the HV button. Press the HV button.

Remaining power of the

High Voltage battery

Time

EV HV EV

16
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 17 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

HV Charge
To enable HV Charge, press the HV button until the HV Charge indicator turns on.
While the vehicle is in HV Charge, the High Voltage battery will continue to charge until the battery charge level display reaches 12
segments. Once the battery reaches this level, the vehicle switches to HV. You can cancel HV Charge before the battery reaches 12 segments

Quick Reference Guide

by pressing the HV button.

When the vehicle is in HV Charge, priority is given to the charging of the High Voltage battery. While the battery is being charged, the
engine may run at a higher RPM than usual. The time it takes for the battery to be charged to 12 segments varies depending on driving
conditions.
The high voltage battery can be charged to 12 segments in after about 1 hour of high-speed driving. HV Charge is not recommended for
city driving or other driving situations when you need to stop frequently or drive slowly. In these situations, press the HV button again to
disable HV Charge. If you are in HV and approaching a destination where the vehicle can be charged, you can turn off HV and use the
remaining battery power to drive.

High Voltage battery when charged to 12 segments

u Any time the HV button is pressed
while in HV or HV Charge, the Press and hold Press the HV button.
system returns to EV operation. the HV button.

Remaining power of the

High Voltage battery

Time

EV HV HV EV
Charge

17
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 18 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Energy Efficiency
As with a gasoline powered vehicle, the fuel efficiency and the range of this vehicle is most impacted by the driver’s driving style. Aggressive
acceleration and high-speed driving can easily trigger the system to switch the propulsion source to the gasoline-powered engine. Climate
control system usage also has a strong impact with heavy usage negatively affecting the vehicle’s range. In particular, when it is cold
Quick Reference Guide

outside, climate control system consumes a lot of power, so the vehicle’s driving range on electric power can be reduced.

Battery Type
There are two types of batteries used in this vehicle, a standard 12-volt battery that powers the airbags, the interior and exterior lights, and
other standard 12-volt systems, and a high voltage battery that is used to power the propulsion motor and recharge the 12-volt battery.

Hybrid Vehicles
High voltage parts and high voltage wires in this vehicle are sheathed in electromagnetic shielding material; therefore, the amount of
electromagnetic waves emitted is no more greater than those emitted by household appliances or the electrical parts in conventional
vehicles.

Sounds Unique to the SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in (intelligent Multi-Mode

Drive Plug-in)
When you first start driving this vehicle, you likely will hear some unfamiliar sounds, particularly when you first turn on the power system,
while driving, and just after parking. Some of these sounds are unique to this vehicle‘s powertrain, fuel, and climate control systems; others
are similar to sounds generated by conventional automobiles that typically are masked by louder noises absent from a vehicle of this design.
These sounds are not a cause for concern, and you will soon recognize them as normal and thus be able to detect any new or unusual noise
should one develop.

After shutting off the engine, you may hear certain noises coming from the vehicle. Here’s the lowdown:
● Noise from Under Vehicle: This noise is caused by the vacuum pump inside the fuel evaporation leakage check module (ELCM).
Depending on conditions, the pump will come on for about 15 minutes about 5 to 10 hours after engine shutoff. This noise is just normal
vehicle operation and don’t indicate a vehicle problem.

18
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 19 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Safety Precautions
Do not touch the High Voltage system
Attempting to take a system component apart or disconnect one of its wires can cause
severe electrical shock. If the High Voltage system is in need of maintenance or repair, make

Quick Reference Guide

sure that the maintenance or repair is carried out by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Hybrid dealer.

If a crash occurs
● Be careful of electric shock hazard.
u If a severe crash damages your vehicle’s High Voltage system, there is a possibility of electrical shock due to exposed High Voltage
components or wires. If this happens, do not touch any of the High Voltage system components or any of its orange wires.
● Avoid contact with High Voltage battery fluid.
u The High Voltage battery contains a flammable electrolyte that can leak as a result of a severe crash. Avoid any skin or eye contact
with the electrolyte as it is corrosive. If you accidentally come into contact with the electrolyte, rinse the exposed skin or flush your
eyes with copious amounts of water for at least five minutes, then seek medical attention immediately.
● Use a fire extinguisher for an electrical fire.
u Attempting to extinguish an electrical fire with even a small quantity of water can be dangerous.
● Anytime the vehicle is damaged in a crash, have it repaired by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Emergency Shutdown System for the High Voltage System

If the vehicle is involved in a crash, the emergency shutdown system will activate depending on the severity of the impact. When the system
activates, the High Voltage system automatically shuts down, and the vehicle can no longer move under its own power. To return the High
Voltage system back to normal operation, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Honda collects and recycles High Voltage batteries used in its vehicles. Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for more
information.

19
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 20 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Eco Assist® System

Ambient Meter
Quick Reference Guide

● Changes color to reflect how fuel-efficiently you are

driving.
Green: Slow acceleration or deceleration (good fuel
economy)
White-green: Moderate acceleration or deceleration
(moderate fuel economy)
White: Aggressive acceleration or deceleration (poor fuel
economy)
● The indicator remains red as long as SPORT mode is
activated.

ECON Mode Indicator (P98 )

Comes on when the ECON button is
pressed.

ECON Button (P 390)

The message is displayed for a few seconds Helps maximize fuel
when the ECON button is pressed. economy.

20
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 21 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Quick Reference Guide

Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points
● Appears when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

Drive Cycle Score

Lifetime Points
Eco Drive Display (P 130)
The vehicle icon in the display moves forward and back.
● When you accelerate and decelerate, the icon moves forward and back respectively. The greater the acceleration or
deceleration, the greater the icon moves.
● You can maintain better fuel efficiency by keeping the icon in the center.

Aggressive Deceleration Moderate Fuel-Efficient Driving Moderate Aggressive Acceleration

Deceleration Acceleration

21
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 22 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Safe Driving (P 41)

Quick Reference Guide

Airbags (P 54)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety (P 69)

● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P 82)

● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain
carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined
spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.

Seat Belts (P 47)

● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Before Driving Checklist (P 46)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.

22
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 23 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Instrument Panel (P 85)

Gauges (P 121)/Driver Information Interface (P 124)/ System Indicators

Quick Reference Guide

System Indicators (P 86) Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
Immobilizer System Indicator/ System Indicator
Security System Alarm Indicator Lights On Indicator
System Indicators Deceleration Paddle Selector Indicator
High Beam Indicator
SPORT Mode Indicator Gear Position Speedometer
Indicator Turn Signal and
READY Indicator Hazard Warning
Vehicle Stability Indicators
AssistTM (VSA®) System Supplemental
Indicator Restraint System
Vehicle Stability Indicator
AssistTM (VSA®) OFF
Indicator Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Low Tire Pressure/ Indicator
TPMS Indicator
System Message U.S. Parking Brake and
Indicator High Voltage Battery Driver Information Brake System
Charge Level Gauge Interface Indicator (Red)
12-Volt Battery
Charging System POWER/CHARGE Gauge Fuel Gauge Canada
Indicator
System Indicators
HV Indicator
System Indicators Parking Brake and
U.S. Brake System
HV Charge Indicator ECON Mode Indicator
Indicator (Amber)
Malfunction EV Indicator Adaptive Cruise Control
Indicator Lamp Canada
Automatic Brake Hold (ACC) with Low Speed
Road Departure System Indicator Follow Indicator Seat Belt Reminder
Mitigation (RDM) Indicator
Indicator Lane Keeping Assist POWER SYSTEM
Collision Mitigation U.S. Automatic Brake Hold System (LKAS) Indicator Indicator
Indicator
Brake SystemTM
(CMBSTM) Indicator Low Fuel Indicator
Canada

23
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 24 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Controls (P 135)

Clock (P 136) POWER Button (P 158) Turn Signals (P 161)

Quick Reference Guide

Press the button to change the vehicle’s

power mode. Turn Signal Control Lever

Right

a Select the (Home) icon, then select

Settings.

b Select Clock, then Clock Adjustment. Left

c Touch the respective 4 / 3 icon to

adjust the hours or minutes up or Lights (P 162)
down.
Light Control Switches
d Select OK.

High Beam
Models with navigation system
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock Low Beam
automatically.

Flashing

24
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 25 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Wipers and Washers Steering Wheel (P 172) Trunk (P 150)

(P 166) ● To adjust, push the adjustment lever
down, adjust to the desired position, then
lock the lever back in place.

Quick Reference Guide

Wiper/Washer Control Lever

MIST
OFF
INT: Low speed with
intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe

Trunk Opener

● To unlock and open the trunk:

Pull toward • Press the trunk opener on the driver’s
you to spray Unlocking the Front door.
washer fluid.
Doors from the Inside • Press the trunk release button on the
smart entry remote.
(P 147)
• Press the trunk release button on the
● Pull either front door inner handle to
Adjustment Ring trunk lid.
unlock and open it in one motion.
: Lower speed, fewer sweeps
: Higher speed, more sweeps

● Unlocking and opening the driver’s door

from the inner handle unlocks all the
other doors.

25
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 26 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Power Door Mirrors Power Windows (P 156)

● With the power mode in ON, open and
(P 174)
close the power windows.
● With the power mode in ON, move the ● If the power window lock button is in the
Quick Reference Guide

selector switch to L or R. off position, each passenger’s window

● Push the appropriate edge of the can be opened and closed with its own
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror. switch.
Selector Switch ● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Indicator Power Window Lock Button

Adjustment Switch

Window Switch

26
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 27 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Climate Control System (P 193)

● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the button to defrost the windshield.

Quick Reference Guide

The climate control system is voice operable *. (P239)

A/C (Air Conditioning) Icon

MODE Control Icon MODE Control Icon

(Air flows from dashboard vents (Air flows from floor and
and back of the center console) windshield defroster vents)

MODE Control Icon MODE Control Icon

(Air flows from floor and dashboard (Air flows from floor vents)
vents, and back of the center console)

Fan Control Icon

/ (Fan Control) Buttons CLIMATE Button

Driver’s Side Temperature Passenger’s Side

Control Dial Temperature Control Dial

AUTO Button SYNC (Synchronization) Button

(Recirculation) Button (Windshield Defroster) Button

(Fresh Air) Button (ON/OFF) Button

* Not available on all models 27

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 28 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Features (P 203)

● ENTER Button
Audio Remote Controls • When listening to an iPod
Quick Reference Guide

• When listening to the radio and

(P 207) SiriusXM® * a Press ENTER to display the iPod music
list.
3 / 4 / / Button
(+ / (- Bar
a Press ENTER to switch the display to a b Press 3 or 4 to select a category.
preset list you stored in the preset
buttons. c Press ENTER to display a list of items in
b Press 3 or 4 to select a preset, then the category.
press ENTER. d Press 3 or 4 to select an item, then
press ENTER.
• When listening to a USB flash drive u Press ENTER and press 3 or 4
repeatedly until a desired item you
a Press ENTER to display the folder list. want to listen is displayed.
ENTER Button Button
b Press 3 or 4 to select a folder. • When listening to Pandora® *
● (+ / (- Bar c Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in
Press to adjust the volume up/down. a Press ENTER to display the station list.
that folder.
● 3 / 4 Button d Press 3 or 4 to select a track, then
Press 3 or 4 to cycle through the audio b Press 3 or 4 to select an item, then
press ENTER. press ENTER.
mode as follows:
FM AM SiriusXM® * USB iPod
Bluetooth® Audio Pandora® * Apple • When listening to Bluetooth® Audio
CarPlay/Android Auto
a Press ENTER to display the track list.

b Press 3 or 4 to select a track, then

press ENTER.

28
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 29 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

● / Button
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.

Quick Reference Guide

USB device:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.
Button:
Press to change contents.
2 Driver Information
Interface (P124)

* Not available on all models 29

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 30 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Audio System (P 204)

For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual
Quick Reference Guide

Driver Information Interface

/AUDIO (Power/Audio)
Icon

(Home) Icon

VOL (Volume) Icons

(Menu) Icon
(Back) Icon

(Day/Night) Icon

Audio/Information Screen (Instrument Panel) Icon

30
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 31 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Driving (P 371)

Electronic Gear Selector (P 384)

Quick Reference Guide

● Select (P and depress the brake pedal when turning on the power.

Gear selection

Gear Position Indicator

The gear position indicator
and the shift button
indicator indicate the
Shift Button
current gear selection.
Indicator

Gear Position Indicator

Park
Press the (P button.
Used when parking or before turning the power on or off.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Press back the (R button.
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Press the (N button.
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Press the (D button.
Used for normal driving.

* Not available on all models 31

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 32 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Deceleration Paddle Selector (P 392) VSA® On and Off (P 427)

When you release the accelerator pedal, you can control the rate of deceleration ● The Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®)
without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. Using the deceleration system helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering and helps maintain traction
Quick Reference Guide

paddle selector situated on the steering wheel, you can sequentially shift through
while accelerating on loose or slippery
four stages of deceleration.
road surfaces.
Pull the (+ selector for a few seconds when you want to cancel the deceleration
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
paddle selector. you turn on the power system.
● When SPORT mode is OFF ● To partially disable or fully restore VSA®
If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change function, press and hold the button until
temporarily, and the stage will appear in the instrument panel. you hear a beep.
● When SPORT mode is ON
If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change and
the stage along with M will appear in the instrument panel.
CMBSTM On and Off
(P 446)
When SPORT mode is When SPORT mode is
OFF, the deceleration ON, The deceleration ● When a possible collision is likely
stage appears. stage and M appear. unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
● The CMBSTM is turned on every time you
start the engine.
● To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
(- Paddle (+ Paddle
Selector Selector Deceleration stage
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) (P 429)
● Detects a change in tire conditions and
overall dimensions due to decrease in tire
pressures.
● The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you turn on the power system.
● A calibration procedure must be
performed when certain conditions arise.

32
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 33 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Refueling (P 455)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher required
Fuel tank capacity: 7.0 US gal (26.5 L)

Quick Reference Guide

a Press the fuel fill door release button.
u Please Wait appears for a few seconds on the
driver information interface.

b When the message changes to Ready, the fuel

fill door automatically opens.
Fuel Fill Door Release
Button

c Turn the fuel fill cap slowly to remove the cap.

d Place the cap in the holder on the fuel fill door.

e After refueling, screw the cap back on until it

clicks at least once.

33
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 34 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Honda SensingTM
Honda SensingTM is a driver support system Adaptive Cruise Control Collision Mitigation
Quick Reference Guide

which employs the use of two distinctly

different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor (ACC) with Low Speed Braking SystemTM
located behind the emblem and a front
sensor camera mounted to the interior side
Follow (P 402) (CMBSTM) (P 443)
of the windshield, behind the rearview Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and Can assist you when there is a possibility of
mirror. a set following-interval behind a vehicle your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected pedestrian detected in front of yours. The
The camera is vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a
located behind the stop your vehicle, without you having to potential collision is determined, as well as
rearview mirror. keep your foot on the brake or the to reduce your vehicle speed to help
accelerator. minimize collision severity when a collision is
Front Sensor
deemed unavoidable.
Camera
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM) System
(P 398)
Alerts and helps to assist you when the
system detects a possibility of your vehicle
Radar Sensor unintentionally crossing over detected lane
markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.

The radar sensor

is behind the
Lane Keeping Assist
emblem. System (LKAS) (P 419)
Provides steering input to help keep the
vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the
vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

34
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 35 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Maintenance (P 475)

Under the Hood (P 484)

Quick Reference Guide

● Check engine oil, coolants and windshield washer fluid. Add
when necessary.
Wiper Blades (P 500)
● Check brake fluid. ● Replace blades if they leave streaks
● Check the 12-volt battery condition monthly. across the windshield.

a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the

dashboard.

b Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then
raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you
can release the lever.

Tires (P 503) Lights (P 498)

● Inspect tires and wheels regularly. ● Inspect all lights regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter driving.

c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly

locked in place.

35
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 36 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Handling the Unexpected (P 525)

Flat Tire (P 526) Power System Won’t Start Overheating (P 546)

Quick Reference Guide

● Park in a safe location and repair the flat ● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
(P 539)
tire using the temporary tire repair kit. steam under the hood, open the hood,
● If the 12-volt battery is dead, jump start
and let the power system cool down.
using a booster battery.

Indicators Come On Blown Fuse Emergency Towing

(P 549) (P 557) (P 565)
● Identify the indicator and consult the ● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical ● Call a professional towing service if you
owner’s manual. device does not operate. need to tow your vehicle.

36
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 37 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

What to Do If
Why do I hear an operating This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a

Quick Reference Guide

noise when applying the problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
brakes? pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P441)

The rear door cannot be Check if the childproof lock is in

opened from inside the the lock position. If so, open the
vehicle. Why? rear door with the outside door
handle.
To cancel this function, slide the
lever up to the unlock position.

Why do the doors lock If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
after I unlocked the doors? relocked automatically for security.

Why does the beeper The beeper sounds when:

sound when I open the ● The power mode is in ACCESSORY.

driver’s door? ● The exterior lights are left on.

37
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 38 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Why doesn’t the curved The vehicle is performing a system check.

blue line in the meter 2 Auto Engine Stop/Start (P13)
Quick Reference Guide

appear even when the EV

indicator is on?

Why does the beeper The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
sound when I start driving? not wearing their seat belts.

Why does a beeper sound The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock
when I walk away from the operating range before the door completely closes.
vehicle after I close the 2 Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®) (P 140)
door?

Pressing the electric Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
parking brake switch does depressed.
not release the parking
brake. Why?

Depressing the accelerator ● Fasten the driver’s seat belt.

pedal does not release the ● Check if the transmission is in (P or (N . If so, select any other
parking brake position.
automatically. Why?

38
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 39 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Why does the gear position ● Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
automatically change to (P ● Close the driver's door and manually change the gear

Quick Reference Guide

when I open the driver's position.
door to check for parking u When opening the driver’s door (P 387)
space lines when
reversing?

Why do I hear a screeching The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
sound when I apply the inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
brake pedal?

I’m seeing an amber The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. If
indicator of a tire with an you recently inflated or changed a tire, you have to recalibrate
exclamation point. What is the system.
that? u TPMS Calibration (P 429)

39
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 40 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

40
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 41 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving Driver’s Knee Airbag .......................... 61 Safety Labels

Important Safety Precautions.............. 42 Side Airbags....................................... 63 Label Locations .................................. 83
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 45 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 65
Safety Checklist ................................. 46 Airbag System Indicators.................... 66
Seat Belts Airbag Care ....................................... 68
About Your Seat Belts ........................ 47 Child Safety
Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 50 Protecting Child Passengers ............... 69
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 53 Safety of Infants and Small Children... 71
Airbags Safety of Larger Children ................... 80
Airbag System Components ............... 54 Exhaust Gas Hazard
Types of Airbags ................................ 57 Carbon Monoxide Gas ....................... 82
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 57

41
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 42 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

For Safe Driving

The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Safe Driving

Important Safety Precautions 1Important Safety Precautions

■ Always wear your seat belt Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.

■ Restrain all children

Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.

■ Be aware of airbag hazards

While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.

■ Don’t drink and drive

Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.

42
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 43 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely

Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to

Safe Driving
divert some attention away from driving.

■ Control your speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.

■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition

Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

■ Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle

Children, pets and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be
injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the
vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be
injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of
the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death. Even if the
climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended as the
climate control system can shut off at any time.

Continued 43
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 44 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

■ Handle high-voltage with care

Familiarize yourself with the charging instructions and warnings supplied in this
manual and on the quick reference card. If using a public charger, also observe the
charging station manufacturer’s instructions.
Safe Driving

44
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 45 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
10 9 10 Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.

Safe Driving
Some features do not require any action on your part.
6
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
11
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
7 front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
7
9 column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
11

However, you and your passengers cannot take full

12 advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
Safety Cage injuries if they are not used properly.
Crush Zones
8
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
6 Seat Belts
7 Front Airbags
8 Knee Airbag
9 Side Airbags
10 Side Curtain Airbags
11 Door Locks
12 Seat Belt Tensioners

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.

45
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 46 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist

Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items 1Safety Checklist
each time before you drive. Check if the charging cable is connected to the vehicle If the door and/or trunk open message appears on
and disconnect it if it is. The vehicle will not operate with the cable connected. the driver information interface, a door and/or the
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked. trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and
Safe Driving

Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider the trunk tightly until the message disappears.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
from unexpectedly opening a door.
Information Messages P. 113
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 146
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints Positions P. 178
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 50
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 69

46
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 47 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you 1About Your Seat Belts
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the 3 WARNING
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat

Safe Driving
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full the chance of serious injury or death in a
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags. crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts Be sure you and your passengers always
- side impacts wear seat belts and wear them properly.
- rear impacts
- rollovers Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts risk of serious injury.
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
require you to wear seat belts.
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
child seats. then extend it slowly.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 76

Continued 47
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 48 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Proper use of seat belts 1About Your Seat Belts

Follow these guidelines for proper use: If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
Safe Driving

belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

48
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 49 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Seat Belt Reminder 1Seat Belt Reminder

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
The seat belt system includes an indicator on does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the instrument panel to remind the driver or a the power mode is set to ON.

Safe Driving
front passenger or both to fasten their seat When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
belts. the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
If you set the power mode to ON and a seat sound.
belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
the indicator will blink. After a few seconds,
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
the beeper will stop and the indicator will enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
come on and remain illuminated until the seat (e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
belt is fastened. to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
The beeper will periodically sound and the 2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 69
indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving
until the seat belt is fastened.

■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners 1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
The front seats are equipped with automatic If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
seat belt tensioners to enhance safety. on. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect
The tensioners automatically tighten the front the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in
seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal a subsequent crash.
collision, sometimes even if the collision is not
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
severe enough to inflate the front airbags or tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
the driver’s knee airbag.

49
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 50 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Fastening a Seat Belt

After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well 1Fastening a Seat Belt
back in the seat: No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175 belt or one that does not appear to be working
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly. correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
Safe Driving

Pull out slowly. properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
Correct dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Seated
Posture. If the seat belt appears to be locked in a fully
retracted position, firmly pull out on the shoulder belt
once, then push it back in.
Then smoothly pull it out of the retractor and fasten.
If you are unable to release the seat belt from a fully
retracted position, do not allow anyone to sit in the
Latch 2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
seat, and take your vehicle to a dealer for repair.
Plate tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is 2 About Your Seat Belts P. 47
secure. 2 Seat Belt Inspection P. 53
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
Buckle

50
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 51 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as 1Fastening a Seat Belt
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part 3 WARNING
Lap belt
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic

Safe Driving
as low as Improperly positioning the seat belts can
possible bones take the force of a crash and reduces cause serious injury or death in a crash.
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to Make sure all seat belts are properly
remove any slack, then check that the belt positioned before driving.
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
of a crash over the strongest bones in your then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
upper body. completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.

Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or

retractor mechanism.
■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants. The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
1. Move the anchor up and down while
one level at a time.
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
across the center of your chest and over anchor position is secure.
your shoulder.

Push

Continued 51
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 52 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

■ Advice for Pregnant Women 1Advice for Pregnant Women

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when okay for you to drive.
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
Safe Driving

belt as low as possible across the hips. To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding airbag:
the abdomen. • When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.

Wear the lap part of the

belt as low as possible
across the hips.

52
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 53 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Seat Belt Inspection

Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows: 1Seat Belt Inspection

• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. 3 WARNING
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract

Safe Driving
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
easily. result in serious injury or death if the seat
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only belts do not work properly when needed.
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract. Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by an authorized
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer after any collision.

53
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 54 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Airbags
Airbag System Components
Safe Driving

9 11 10 9 8 6

12

9 9

54
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 55 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

The front, driver’s knee, front side, and side e An electronic control unit that, when the i Impactsensors that can detect a
curtain airbags are deployed according to power mode is in ON, continually moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
the direction and severity of impact. Both monitors information about the various
side curtain airbags are deployed in a impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors, j An indicator on the dashboard that alerts

Safe Driving
rollover. The airbag system includes: rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat you that the front passenger’s front
belt tensioners, and other vehicle airbag has been turned off.
a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) information. During a crash event the
front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored unit can record such information. k An indicator on the instrument panel that
in the center of the steering wheel; the alerts you to a possible problem with your
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the f Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
dashboard. Both are marked SRS addition, the driver’s and front
AIRBAG. passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate lA rollover sensor that can detect if your
sensors that detect whether or not the vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
b Driver’s knee airbag. The knee airbag is belts are fastened. control unit to deploy both side curtain
stored under the steering column. It is airbags.
marked SRS AIRBAG. gA driver’s seat position sensor. This
sensor determines the optimal force at
c Two side airbags, one for the driver and which the airbag will deploy in a crash.
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat- h Weight sensors in the front passenger’s
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is
d Two side curtain airbags, one for each approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored weight of an infant or small child).
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

Continued 55
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 56 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

■ Important Facts About Your Airbags 1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
Safe Driving

and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly. deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.

Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.

Do not attach or place objects on the front and driver’s knee airbag covers.
Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper
operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the
airbags inflate.

56
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 57 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags: 1Types of Airbags
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats. The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
• Driver’s knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column. in ON.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.

Safe Driving
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
Each is discussed in the following pages.
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

Front Airbags (SRS) 1Front Airbags (SRS)

The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger. both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
restraint system. likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
■ Housing Locations
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

Continued 57
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 58 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Operation
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
Safe Driving

unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.

A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

■ How the Front Airbags Work 1How the Front Airbags Work
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
front airbag provides supplemental protection
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
for your head and chest.
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
The front airbags deflate immediately so that airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
or the ability to steer or operate other protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
controls.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

58
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 59 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ When front airbags should not deploy

Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.

Safe Driving
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle
is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front
airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide
little if any protection.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
Continued 59
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 60 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Advanced Airbags 1Advanced Airbags

If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the
related injuries to smaller occupants. event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of
Safe Driving

The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a the driver’s seating position) with a force
seat position sensor. corresponding to the severity of the impact.
Driver’s
Seat For the advanced airbags to work properly:
Position Based on information from this sensor and the
Sensor
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
system determines the optimal deployment of • Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the driver’s airbag. the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
The front passenger’s advanced airbag system belts properly.
has weight sensors. • Do not cover the passenger’s side dashboard with
a cloth, towel, cover, etc.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 67
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or
Passenger’s under to ride in the front passenger’s seat. Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's
Seat However, if you do allow a child age 12 or seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
Weight placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
Sensors under to ride in the front passenger’s
seat, note that the system will automatically sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 518
turn off the front passenger’s airbag if the
sensors detect that the child is approximately
65 lbs (29 kg) or less.

60
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 61 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag

Driver’s Knee Airbag

The driver’s knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help 1Driver’s Knee Airbag
keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by Do not attach accessories on or near a knee airbag as
the vehicle’s other safety features. they can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbag, or even hurt someone if the airbag inflates.

Safe Driving
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary The driver should not store any items under the seat
restraint system. or behind their feet. The items can interfere with
proper airbag deployment in the event of a moderate
to sever frontal collision and may result in inadequate
■ Housing Locations protection.
The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the
steering column.

The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.

Housing
Location

■ Operation
When
When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the
inflated driver’s knee airbag also inflates.

Even if the collision is not severe enough to

deploy the front airbag, the knee airbag may
inflate alone.
Knee
Airbag

Continued 61
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 62 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag

■ When driver’s knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
Safe Driving

that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.

■ When driver’s knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.

62
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 63 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger 1Side Airbags
during a moderate-to-severe side impact. Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
■ Housing Locations prevent the airbag from deploying properly and

Safe Driving
increases your risk of serious injury.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat- Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
backs. They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
Housing In Hybrid dealer.
Location Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.

■ Operation
When
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
inflated severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.

Side
Airbag

Continued 63
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 64 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
Safe Driving

impact to deploy the airbag.

■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag not to deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

64
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 65 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags

The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the 1Side Curtain Airbags
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt

Safe Driving
particularly rollover crashes. tensioners.

If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the

■ Housing Locations passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides To get the best protection from the side curtain
of the vehicle. airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.

Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof

pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage

■ Operation
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

Continued 65
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 66 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision

One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
Safe Driving

Airbag System Indicators 1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a 3 WARNING
message appears on the driver information interface.
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
■ Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator or tensioners do not work properly.
■ When the power mode is set to ON
Have your vehicle checked by an
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
then goes off. This tells you the system is
dealer as soon as possible if the SRS
working properly.
indicator alerts you to a possible problem.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer as soon as
possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly
when they are needed.

66
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 67 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator 1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm
■ When the passenger front airbag off that:
U.S. indicator comes on • There is no child seat or other object pressing

Safe Driving
The indicator comes on to alert you that the against the rear of the seat-back.
• There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off. the back of the front passenger’s seat.
Canada
• The front seat or seat-back is not forced back
This occurs when the weight sensors detect against an object on the seat or floor behind it.
about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an • There is no object placed under or beside the front
passenger’s seat.
infant or small child, on the seat. • The occupant is sitting in an upright position and
the seat back is not excessively reclined.
• The occupant is not leaning against the door or
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. center console.
• The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front
2 Child Safety P. 69
of them.
• There are no objects hanging from the front
If the front passenger’s seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy passenger’s seat.
and the indicator will come on. • Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back
pocket.

The passenger front airbag off indicator may come

on and go off periodically if the total weight on the
seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.

Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer as soon as possible if:
• All of the above conditions are met, and the
indicator comes on with an adult seated in the
front passenger seat.
• The seat is empty and the indicator is off.

Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front

seat when the indicator is on.

67
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 68 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care

Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any 1Airbag Care
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer in the following system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
situations: sensors, and control unit.
Safe Driving

■ When the airbags have deployed

If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.

■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision

Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer inspect the following: the driver’s seat position sensor, weight sensors in the
passenger’s seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during
the crash.

■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American Honda
Automobile Customer Service at 1-800-999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles, Honda
Canada Customer Relations at 1-888-9-HONDA-9.

68
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 69 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are 1Protecting Child Passengers
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under. 3 WARNING

Safe Driving
Children who are unrestrained or
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province improperly restrained can be seriously
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride injured or killed in a crash.
in a vehicle.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure child should be properly restrained with a
or kill a child sitting in the front seat. seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.

• A child in the front seat is more likely to The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely and Transport Canada recommend that all children
control the vehicle. ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.

Continued 69
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 70 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an 1Protecting Child Passengers
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system. 3 WARNING
Safe Driving

Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or

• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the wrap one around their neck can result in
event of a collision. serious injury or death.

• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would Instruct children not to play with any seat
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries. belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very and locked.
seriously injured in a crash.
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments. and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly. front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 83

70
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 71 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safety of Infants and Small Children

■ Protecting Infants 1Protecting Infants

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the 3 WARNING
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the

Safe Driving
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
infant is at least one year old. seat can result in serious injury or death
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat during a crash.
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position. Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat

for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front forward-facing position.
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat instructions before installation.
and the seat in front of it.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag installed in a rear seating position:
system. The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly
2 Airbags P. 54 detect the actual weight of the occupant.

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

Continued 71
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 72 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Protecting Smaller Children 1Protecting Smaller Children

If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations 3 WARNING
of a rearward-facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly
Safe Driving

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the

secured forward-facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height
front seat can result in serious injury or
limitations for the forward-facing child seat.
death if the front airbag inflates.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward- If you must place a forward-facing child
facing child seat in a rear seating position. seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations

regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.

72
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 73 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Selecting a Child Seat 1Selecting a Child Seat

Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). simple.
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both

Safe Driving
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat to simplify the installation process and reduce the
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child’s safety.

In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible

child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.

■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat

Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

Continued 73
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 74 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat 1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats. 3 WARNING
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
Safe Driving

Never attach two child seats to the same

connectors.
anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
be strong enough to hold two child seat
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.

Marks
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle.
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
Lower Anchors 2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
Rigid Type object.

74
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 75 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

3 WARNING

Safe Driving
Do not use the lower inner anchors of the
outer rear seats to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat to the rear center
seat, unless the manufacturer’s instructions
Flexible Type
for that system permit the use of inner
anchors with the stated spacing.
Straight Top Tether Type Tether 3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
Strap head restraint. Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the
Hook 4. Straight Top Tether Type rear center seat
Route the tether strap over the top of the Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower
head restraint and secure the tether strap anchors which are used to secure a LATCH-
hook to the anchor. compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however,
Other Top Tether Type is not equipped with anchors of any kind.
The inner and outer anchors are spaced apart at a
Route the tether strap around the head
Anchor standard distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The
restraint and secure the tether strap hook distance between the two inner anchors is 15.7
Other Top Tether Type Tether to the anchor. inches (400 mm).
Strap 5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted
Hook
child seat manufacturer. with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rear center seat. However, a system fitted with
flexible-type attachments can be installed in the
rocking it forward and back and side to
center seat, provided that the manufacturer’s
side; little movement should be felt. instructions for that system permit the use of the
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child inner anchors with the stated spacing.
Anchor can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor Before seating a child, make sure that the system is
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted properly attached to both the lower anchors and
and locked. tether anchors.

Continued 75
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 76 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
necessary, the front passenger seat. injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
Safe Driving

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.

2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all

the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and
check that the retractor has switched
modes by pulling on the webbing. It should
not pull out again until it is reset by
removing the latch plate from the buckle.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the
way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.

76
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 77 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
from the lap part of the belt. and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
u When doing this, place your weight on

Safe Driving
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by

rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

Continued 77
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 78 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Adding Security with a Tether 1Adding Security with a Tether

Always use a tether for forward-facing child seats
A tether anchorage point is provided behind when using the seat belt or lower anchors.
Tether Anchorage Points
each rear seating position.
Safe Driving

If you have a child seat that comes with a

tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the
tether may be used for additional security.

Anchor Cover
Straight Top Tether Type Tether ■ Using an outer anchor
Strap 1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
Hook point and lift the cover.
2. Straight Top Tether Type
Route the tether strap over the head
restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
Other Top Tether Type
Route the tether strap around the head
Anchor
restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
Other Top Tether Type Tether 3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
Strap
Hook 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.

Anchor

78
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 79 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Straight Top Tether Type ■ Using the center anchor

1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
Tether
Strap point and lift the cover.
Hook 2. Raise the head restraint to its highest

Safe Driving
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
Anchor 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
Other Top Tether Type
child seat manufacturer.
Tether
Strap
Hook

Anchor

79
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 80 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safety of Larger Children

■ Protecting Larger Children 1Safety of Larger Children

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind 3 WARNING
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
Safe Driving

Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in

must sit in front. front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
■ Checking Seat Belt Fit
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
have the child sit up properly and wear the
following questions.
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
■ Checklist
needed.
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

80
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 81 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

■ Booster Seats 1Booster Seats

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used instructions that came with it, and install the seat
properly, position the child in a booster seat in accordingly.

Safe Driving
the rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
the child meets the booster seat booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
manufacturer’s recommendations. belt correctly.

Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and

territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■ Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.

■ Monitoring child passengers

We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.

81
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 82 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Exhaust Gas Hazard

Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, 1Carbon Monoxide Gas
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior. 3 WARNING
Safe Driving

Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.

■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
• The exhaust system may have been damaged. even kill you.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,
open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below. An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
1. Select the fresh air mode. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
2. Select the mode. garage immediately after starting the engine.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.

82
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 83 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact an

Safe Driving
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for a replacement.

Sun Visor Motor Coolant

Canadian models Reserve Tank Cap
U.S. models

Actuator Lid
U.S. models Canadian models
Dashboard
U.S. models only

Charging Lid

U.S. models Canadian models

Air Conditioner System
U.S. models

Canadian models

PCU
Canadian models
U.S. models

High Voltage Battery System

Radiator Cap Coolant Reserve Tank Cap

83
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 84 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

84
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 85 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 86
Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages ..................... 103
Gauges and Driver Information
Interface.......................................121
Gauges............................................ 121
Driver Information Interface ............. 124

85
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 86 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Indicators

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on for a few seconds when ● Comes on while driving - Make sure
you set the power mode to ON, the parking brake is released. Check the
then goes off if the parking brake brake fluid level.
has been released. 2 What to do when the indicator
● Comes on when the parking brake comes on while driving P. 552
Instrument Panel

is applied, and goes off when it is ● Comes on along with the parking
U.S.
released. brake and brake system indicator
● Comes on when the brake fluid (amber) - Immediately stop in a safe
Parking Brake
Canada level is low. place. Contact an authorized Honda
and Brake
● Comes on if there is a problem Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for repair.
System Indicator
with the brake system. The brake pedal becomes harder to
(Red)
● The beeper sounds and the operate. Depress the pedal further than
(Red) indicator comes on if you drive you normally do.
with the parking brake not fully ● Comes on along with the ABS
released. indicator - Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Hybrid dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks P. 552

86
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 87 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on for about 15 seconds ● Blinks and the parking brake and
when you push the electric parking brake system indicator (amber) comes
brake switch while the power on at the same time - There is a
U.S. mode is in VEHICLE OFF. problem with the electric parking brake
● Stays on for about 15 seconds system. The parking brake may not be

Instrument Panel
Parking Brake when you set the power mode to set.
Canada and Brake VEHICLE OFF while the electric Avoid using the parking brake and have —
System Indicator parking brake is set. your vehicle checked by an authorized
(Red) Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer
immediately.
(Red)
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Time When the Brake System
Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 554

● Comes on for a few seconds when

Automatic Brake you set the power mode to ON,
Hold System then goes off. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 439
Indicator ● Comes on when the automatic
brake hold system is on.
U.S. ● Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Automatic Brake ● Comes on when the automatic 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 439 —
Canada Hold Indicator brake hold is activated.

Continued 87
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 88 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on for a few seconds when ● Comes on while driving - Avoid using
you set the power mode to ON, the parking brake and have your vehicle
then goes off. checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
U.S.
● Comes on if there is a problem Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.
with a system related to braking ● Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds
Instrument Panel

other than the conventional brake and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to
Parking Brake system. an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
and Brake ● Comes on if there is a problem Hybrid dealer immediately.
Canada
System Indicator with the cooperative control with ● With this indicator on, your vehicle still
(Amber) regenerative braking, the electric has normal braking ability.
servo brake system, or the hill start
(Amber) assist system.
● Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric parking brake
system or the automatic brake
hold system.
● Comes on for a few seconds when ● Have your vehicle checked by an
you set the power mode to ON, authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
then goes off. dealer.
POWER ● Comes on if there is a problem
SYSTEM with the electric vehicle system or
Indicator plug-in charging system.

88
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 89 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
EV Indicator — —
● Comes on when the vehicle is
moved by the motor, and the

Instrument Panel
engine is not operating.
● Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, — —
then goes off.
● Comes on when the vehicle is in 2 SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in
HV Indicator HV. (intelligent Multi-Mode Drive Plug-
in) P. 11

● Comes on when the vehicle is in 2 SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in

HV charge. (intelligent Multi-Mode Drive Plug-
in) P. 11

● Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, — —
then goes off.
HV Charge
Indicator ● Comes along with the HV 2 SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in
indicator when the vehicle is in HV (intelligent Multi-Mode Drive Plug-
charge. in) P. 11

Continued 89
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 90 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on when the vehicle is ● May go off if the POWER SYSTEM or
READY Indicator ready to drive. transmission system indicator comes on.
2 Turning on the Power P. 378

● Comes on when you set the power ● Readiness codes are part of the on board
Instrument Panel

mode to ON, and goes off either diagnostics for the emissions control
when the power system is on or systems.
after several seconds if the vehicle 2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 575
did not start. If “readiness codes” ● Comes on while driving - Have your
have not been set, it blinks five vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
times before it goes off. Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
Malfunction ● Comes on if there is a problem ● Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
Indicator Lamp with the emissions control system. place where there are no flammable
● Blinks when a misfire in the objects. Stop the power system for 10
engine's cylinders is detected. minutes or more, and wait for the engine
to cool down. Then, take the vehicle to an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 551

● Comes on when you set the power ● Comes on while driving - Turn off the
12-Volt Battery mode to ON, and goes off when climate control system and rear defogger
Charging System the power system is on. in order to reduce electricity
● Comes on when the 12-volt consumption.
Indicator
battery is not charging. 2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging
System Indicator Comes On P. 550

90
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 91 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on when the fuel reserve is ● Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon
running low (approximately 1.1 as possible.
Low Fuel U.S. gal./4.0 Liter left). ● Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by an
Indicator ● Blinks if there is a problem with the authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
fuel gauge. dealer.

Instrument Panel
● Indicates the current gear
Gear Position selection. 2 Shifting P. 384 —
Indicator

● Comes on when the paddle

selector is pulled.
● Blinks when deceleration does not
Deceleration
occur while pulling the paddle
Paddle Selector 2 Deceleration Paddle Selector P. 392 —
selector.
Indicator ● Comes on with M when SPORT
mode is selected and pulling the
paddle selector.

Continued 91
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 92 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● All the gear positions may light for ● When all the gear positions illuminate,
several seconds, and go off. immediately stop your vehicle in a safe
place.
● Indicators go off if there is no problem.
However, even if they go off, take your
Instrument Panel

vehicle to an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer for inspection.
● The indicated current gear ● Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and
selection blinks if there is a stop in a safe place immediately.
Transmission problem with the transmission ● Have your vehicle checked by an
System Indicator system. authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer.
● The indicated current gear ● The engine can be activated as a
selection or all the gear positions temporary measure.
blink if you cannot select (P due 2 If the Transmission System Indicator
to a transmission system failure. Blinks along with the Warning
Message P. 556
● Set the parking brake when parking.
● Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer immediately.

92
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 93 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on and the beeper sounds ● The beeper stops and the indicator goes
if you are not wearing a seat belt off when you and the front passenger
when you set the power mode to fasten their seat belts.
ON. ● Stays on after you and/or the front
● If the front passenger is not passenger has fastened the seat

Instrument Panel
Seat Belt
wearing a seat belt, the indicator belt(s) - A detection error may have
Reminder
comes on a few seconds later. occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle
Indicator ● Blinks while driving if either you checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
and/or the front passenger has not Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
fastened a seat belt. The beeper 2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 49
sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.
● Comes on for a few seconds when ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
you set the power mode to ON, checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Anti-lock Brake
then goes off. Plug-In Hybrid dealer. With this indicator
System (ABS)
● If it comes on at any other time, on, your vehicle still has normal braking
Indicator
there is a problem with the ABS. ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 441

Continued 93
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 94 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on for a few seconds when ● Stays on constantly or does not come
you set the power mode to ON, on at all - Have your vehicle checked by
then goes off. an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Supplemental ● Comes on if a problem with any of Hybrid dealer.
Restraint System the following is detected:
Instrument Panel

Indicator - Supplemental restraint system

- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
● Comes on when you set the power ● Stays on constantly or does not come
mode to ON, and goes off when on at all - Have your vehicle checked by
Electric Power
the power system is on. an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Steering (EPS)
● Comes on if there is a problem Hybrid dealer.
System Indicator
with the EPS system. 2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 553

94
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 95 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on for a few seconds when ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
you set the power mode to ON, checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
then goes off. Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
● Blinks when VSA® is active. 2 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®), aka
● Comes on if there is a problem Electronic Stability Control (ESC),

Instrument Panel
Vehicle Stability
with the VSA® system. System P. 426
AssistTM (VSA®)
System Indicator ● Comes on if the VSA® system is ● Drive a short distance at more than 12
deactivated temporarily after the mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
battery has been disconnected, off. If it does not, have your vehicle
then re-connected. checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
● Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off. 2 VSA® On and Off P. 427
● Comes on when you deactivate
Vehicle Stability VSA®.
AssistTM (VSA®)
OFF Indicator ● Comes on if the VSA® system is ● Drive a short distance at more than 12
deactivated temporarily after the mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
battery has been disconnected, off. If it does not, have your vehicle
then re-connected. checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Continued 95
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 96 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on for a few seconds when ● Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
you set the power mode to ON. place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
● May come on briefly if the power tire(s) if necessary.
mode is set to ON and the vehicle ● Stays on after the tires are inflated to
is not moved within 45 seconds, to the recommended pressures - The
Instrument Panel

indicate the calibration process is system needs to be calibrated.

not yet complete. 2 TPMS Calibration P. 429
● Comes on and stays on when:
- One or more tires’ pressures are
determined to be significantly
Low Tire low.
Pressure/TPMS - The system has not been
Indicator calibrated.
● Blinks for about one minute, and ● Blinks and remains on - Have your
then stays on if there is a problem vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
with the TPMS. Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

● Comes on if the TPMS is ● Drive a short distance at more than 12

deactivated temporarily after the mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
battery has been disconnected, off. If it does not, have your vehicle
then re-connected. checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

96
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 97 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Blinks when you operate the turn ● Does not blink or blinks rapidly -
Turn Signal and signal lever. Have your vehicle checked by an
Hazard Warning ● Blinks along with all turn signals authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid —
Indicators when you press the hazard dealer immediately.
warning button.

Instrument Panel
High Beam ● Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on. — —
Indicator

● Comes on when the light switch in ● If you set the power mode to
Lights On a position other than OFF or when ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF while the
—
Indicator the switch is set to AUTO and the exterior lights are on, a chime sounds
exterior lights come on. when the driver’s door is opened.
● Blinks if the immobilizer system ● Blinks - You cannot start the power
cannot recognize the key system. Set the power mode to VEHICLE Canadian models
information. OFF*1, then select the ON mode again.
● Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
Immobilizer malfunctioning. Have your vehicle
System Indicator checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Indicator Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
● Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.
*1:Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before selecting the ON mode.

Continued 97
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 98 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on along with a beep when ● While the indicator is on, press the
a problem is detected. A system (display/information) button to see the
message on the driver information message again.
interface appears at the same time. ● Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears
Instrument Panel

System Message
on the driver information interface. Take —
Indicator
the appropriate action for the message.
● The driver information interface does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the button is
pressed.
● Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.
Security System
2 Security System Alarm P. 153 —
Alarm Indicator
Indicator

● Comes on when you press the

SPORT Mode SPORT button.
2 SPORT Mode P. 391
Indicator ● The ambient meter remains lit up
in red as long as sport mode is on.
● Comes on when ECON mode is on.
ECON Mode
2 ECON Mode P. 390
Indicator

98
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 99 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on for a few seconds when ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
you set the power mode to ON, checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
then goes off. Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
● Comes on if there is a problem
with the RDM system.

Instrument Panel
● Comes on when the RDM system ● Stays on - The temperature inside the
shuts itself off. camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool
down the camera.
The system activates when the
Road Departure temperature inside the camera cools
Mitigation down sufficiently.
(RDM) Indicator 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396

● Stays on - The area around the camera is

blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
with a soft cloth.
● Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer if the indicator and message come
back on after you cleaned the area
around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396

Continued 99
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 100 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on for a few seconds when ● Comes on while driving - Have your
you set the power mode to ON, vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
then goes off. Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
● Comes on if there is a problem
with ACC with Low Speed Follow.
Instrument Panel

Adaptive Cruise ● Comes on if anything covers the ● The area around the radar sensor is
Control (ACC) radar sensor cover and prevents blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
with Low Speed the sensor from detecting a vehicle vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
Follow Indicator in front. with a soft cloth. Indicator may take some
(Amber) ● May come on when driving in bad time to go off after the radar sensor is
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) cleaned.
● ACC with Low Speed Follow has ● Have your vehicle checked by an
been automatically canceled. authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer if the indicator does not go off
even after you clean the sensor cover.
Adaptive Cruise ● Comes on when you press the
Control (ACC) MAIN button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
with Low Speed —
Low Speed Follow P. 402
Follow Indicator
(Green)

100
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 101 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on for a few seconds when ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
Lane Keeping
you set the power mode to ON, checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Assist System
then goes off. Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
(LKAS) Indicator ● Comes on if there is a problem
(Amber)
with the LKAS.

Instrument Panel
Lane Keeping ● Comes on when you press the
Assist System MAIN button. 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
—
(LKAS) Indicator P. 419
(Green)
● Comes on for a few seconds when ● Stays on constantly without the
you set the power mode to ON, CMBSTM off - Have your vehicle checked
then goes off. by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Collision
● Comes on when you deactivate Hybrid dealer.
Mitigation the CMBSTM. 2 Collision Mitigation Braking
● Comes on if there is a problem SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 443
Braking
SystemTM with the CMBSTM.
(CMBSTM) ● Comes on if the CMBS is ● Drive a short distance at more than 12
Indicator deactivated temporarily after the mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
battery has been disconnected, off. If it does not, have your vehicle
then re-connected. checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Continued 101
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 102 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Comes on when the CMBS TM ● Stays on - The area around the camera is
system shuts itself off. blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
with a soft cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396
Instrument Panel

● The area around the radar sensor is

blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
with a soft cloth. Indicator may take some
Collision time to go off after the radar sensor is
Mitigation cleaned.
Braking ● Have your vehicle checked by an
SystemTM authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
(CMBSTM) dealer if the indicator does not go off
Indicator even after you clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking
SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 443

● Stays on - The temperature inside the

camera is too high. Use the climate
control system to cool down the camera.
The system activates when the
temperature inside the camera cools
down sufficiently.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396

102
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 103 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

The following messages appear only on the driver information interface. Press the (display/information) button to see the message
again with the system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
● Appears when the vehicle cannot be driven. ● Immediately stop in a safe place.

Instrument Panel
Canadian models ● Appears when the washer fluid gets low. ● Refill the washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 497

● Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due

2 Warning Message and Maintenance Minder
soon.
Information on the Driver Information Interface
● Consequently, Service Due Now and Service Past P. 480
Due follow.
● Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the ● Appears constantly - Have your vehicle checked by an
smart entry system or push button starting system. authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Continued 103
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 104 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on ● Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
the 12-volt battery. Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
2 Checking the 12-Volt Battery P. 512

● Appears when the engine oil pressure is low. ● Appears while driving - Immediately stop in a safe
Instrument Panel

place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears P. 549

● Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets

abnormally high. 2 Overheating P. 546

● Appears when the engine coolant temperature is ● Drive slowly to prevent overheating.
near its upper limit.

● Appears if there is a problem with the cooling ● Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your
system. vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Hybrid dealer as soon as possible.

● Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not

installed. 2 Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 551

104
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 105 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears if the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph ● Stop the vehicle and close the fuel fill door.
(15 km/h) with the fuel fill door opened.
● Appears when the fuel fill door has been open for 30 ● Turn off the power system, reinstall the fuel cap, and
minutes. close the fuel fill door.

Instrument Panel
- If you still want to refuel, press the fuel fill door release
button to reopen the door.

Continued 105
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 106 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the ● Press the POWER button twice with your foot off the
power mode is in ACCESSORY. brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF.

● Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

Instrument Panel

● Appears when you close the door with the power ● Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote back
mode in ON without the smart entry remote inside inside the vehicle and close the door.
the vehicle. 2 Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 160

● Appears when the smart entry remote battery ● Replace the battery as soon as possible.
becomes weak. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 514

● Appears if the smart entry remote’s battery is too ● Bring the back of the smart entry remote into contact
weak to turn on the power system or the key is not with the POWER button.
within operating range to turn on the power system. 2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 541
A beeper sounds six times.
● Appears when you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or ON.
2 Turning on the Power P. 378
Canadian models
● Appears after you unlock and open the driver’s door.
● Appears when the POWER button is pressed while
driving. 2 Emergency Power System Off P. 542

106
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 107 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears when the high voltage battery charge level ● Caused by the low battery charge level -
is extremely low. Immediately charge the high voltage battery.

● Appears when the power system temperature is low. ● Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be

Instrument Panel
harder to start on an incline.
U.S. models
● In extremely cold climates, keep the vehicle stored in a
garage.
Canadian models
● In extremely cold climates, keep the vehicle stored in a
garage and connect the charging connector.
● Appears when the power system temperature is ● Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be
high. harder to start on an incline.
● Park in a safe place, and cool the system down.
2 Overheating P. 546

● Appears if the power system is in diagnostic mode. ● You may notice a decrease in available power. Have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.
● As a result of diagnostics, the POWER SYSTEM
indicator may come on.
2 POWER SYSTEM Indicator P. 88

Continued 107
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 108 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears when the charging connector is connected ● The vehicle does not move while the charging
to the inlet. connector is plugged into the inlet.

● Appears when there is a problem with the standard ● This message only - There may be a problem with the
Instrument Panel

plug-in charging system or the charging station charging station outlet. Refer to the instructions
outlet. provided at the station or consult a qualified technician.
If the outlet works properly, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
● Comes on with the POWER SYSTEM indicator -
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
● Appears if there is a problem with the acoustic ● Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
vehicle alerting system. Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.

● Appears when the charge lid is open. ● Close the charge lid.
2 Charging P. 458

108
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 109 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears when you press the fuel fill door release ● The display changes to Ready when the fuel vapor
button. pressure inside the fuel tank is released. You can start
refueling once Ready appears.
2 Refueling P. 455
● Appears when the vehicle is ready to be refueled.

Instrument Panel
● Appears when the high voltage battery and other ● You must wait for an increase in the ambient
system control temperatures are too low to operate temperature or move the vehicle to a warmer location.
(approx. –22°F [–30°C] or below). ● Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer.
U.S. models
● In extremely cold climates, keep the vehicle stored in a
garage.
Canadian models
● In extremely cold climates, keep the vehicle stored in a
garage and connect the charging connector.
● Appears when the charging connector is ● Set the power mode to OFF, then set it back to ON if
disconnected while the power mode is in ON with you drive again.
the charging connector connected. 2 Turning on the Power P. 378

Canadian models ● Appears when the high voltage battery temperature ● You can start the engine and use the climate control
is too low to operate (approx. −22°F [−30°C]). system to warm up the interior.
● You must wait for an increase in the high voltage
battery temperature to drive.

Continued 109
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 110 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

Canadian models ● Appears when the outside temperature is low. ● In extremely cold climates, keep the vehicle stored in a
garage or connect the charging connector.
2 Charging P. 458
Instrument Panel

● Appears when the engine starts automatically when

the engine has not started for a long time. —

● Appears when the vehicle can run only in EV because ● Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
the failure that cannot generate power by the engine Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
failure or generator failure etc occurs.
● The estimated distance you can travel on the
remaining power is displayed.
● Appears when you are unable to select the HV
Charge because the High Voltage battery charge 2 SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in (intelligent Multi-
level is at maximum limit (12 segments) of the HV Mode Drive Plug-in) P. 11
Charge.
● Appears if the drive mode cannot be changed due to
certain situations, such as a system error or adverse —
driving conditions.

110
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 111 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears when you set the power mode to ON ● Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.
without fastening the driver’s seat belt. 2 Shift Operation P. 386
● Appears if the gear position has been automatically
changed to (P and the driver attempts to take the
vehicle out of (P but does not have his or her

Instrument Panel
seatbelt fastened.
● Appears when you try to change the gear position ● Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.
without depressing the brake pedal while the
transmission is in (P or (N .

● Appears when you try to change the gear position ● Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select
without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal a shift button.
while the transmission is in (P or (N .

● Appears when the transmission system temperature ● Park in a safe place, and allow the system to cool down
is too high. sufficiently.

● Appears when you depress the accelerator pedal ● Release the accelerator pedal.
while the transmission is in (N . ● Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button to
start driving.

Continued 111
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 112 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears when the parking button is pressed while ● Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before
the vehicle is moving. operating the select button.
● Appears if you change the gear position to (R while
the vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the
vehicle is reversing.
Instrument Panel

● Appears if there is a problem with the electric system. ● Immediately stop in a safe place and set the parking
● Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while brake.
driving. ● Resume driving if the message disappears.
● If there is a problem with the transmission system, the
transmission system indicator comes on.
2 Transmission System Indicator P. 92

● Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the driver’s ● Press the (P button before releasing the brake pedal
seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the when idling, parking, or exiting the vehicle.
vehicle may roll unintentionally. 2 Shift Operation P. 386

● Appears for a few seconds if you have not pressed

2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
the (N button long enough to initiate Neutral-Hold
position [car wash mode] P. 388
mode.

● Appears when you press and hold (N button for ● Disappears when you set the gear position to other than
more than 2 seconds. (N .
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 388

112
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 113 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely ● Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.
closed.
● Appears if any door or the trunk is opened while
driving. The beeper sounds.

Instrument Panel
● Appears when there is a problem with the ● Appears while driving - The headlights may not be
headlights. on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer as soon as possible.
● Appears while you are customizing the settings and
the shift lever is moved out of (P . 2 Customized Features P. 306

● Appears if you try to go to vehicle settings from the ● Select either display to customize a setting. You cannot
driver information interface while the audio/ have vehicle settings displayed on the driver information
information screen shows the same menu. interface and audio/information screen simultaneously.
2 Customized Features P. 306
2 Using a Timer P. 471

● Appears if you try to go to Charge Timer Setup

while the time is incorrect. 2 Using a Timer P. 471

Continued 113
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 114 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically ● Immediately depress the brake pedal.
canceled while it is in operation.
● The beeper may sound.

● Appears when the automatic brake hold system is

Instrument Panel

turned off. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 439

● Appears when the automatic brake hold button is ● Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 439

● Appears when the automatic brake hold button is ● Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while pedal depressed.
the automatic brake hold is in operation. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 439

● Appears when the parking brake is applied

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 439
automatically while it is in operation.
2 Parking Brake P. 435

● Appears when the electric parking brake switch is ● Appears while driving - Press the electric parking
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.
the electric parking brake is in operation. 2 Parking Brake P. 435

114
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 115 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with ● Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
a vehicle in front of you. the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
P. 443
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Instrument Panel
Follow P. 402

● Appears when ACC with Low Speed Follow has been ● You can resume the set speed after the condition that
automatically canceled. caused ACC with Low Speed Follow to cancel improves.
Press the RES/+ or −/SET switch up.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402

● Appears when the distance between your vehicle ● ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC canceled.
with Low Speed Follow is in operation. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402

● Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch ● ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
down while the distance between your vehicle and 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
the vehicle ahead of you is too close. Follow P. 402

● Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch ● ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
down while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402

Continued 115
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 116 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch ● ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
down while the transmission is not in (D . 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402

● Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep ● ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
Instrument Panel

slope while ACC with Low Speed Follow is in canceled.

operation. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402

● Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch ● ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
down while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
slope. Follow P. 402

116
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 117 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears just before the ACC with Low Speed Follow
is automatically canceled when you are descending a
long hill etc (The following interval is automatically
set to extra long). 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402

Instrument Panel
● Appears when the ACC with Low Speed Follow has
been automatically canceled.

● Appears when you are descending a long hill etc and

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
you press the RES/+ or -/SET switch.
Follow P. 402

● Appears if the VSA® or traction control function ● ACC has been automatically canceled.
operates while ACC is in operation. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402

Continued 117
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 118 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears when the speed of the vehicle is too high for ● Reduce the speed, then set ACC with Low Speed
you to set ACC with Low Speed Follow. Follow.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
Instrument Panel

● Appears when ACC with Low Speed Follow is ● Reduce the speed, then reset ACC with Low Speed
canceled due to excessive vehicle speed. Follow.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402

● Appears when the vehicle ahead of you resumes ● Press the RES/+ or −/SET switch or depress the
driving, after your vehicle has been stopped accelerator pedal to resume.
automatically by ACC with Low Speed Follow. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402

● Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch ● ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
down while the parking brake is applied. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
2 Parking Brake P. 435

● Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch ● ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
down while the vehicle is moving and the brake 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
pedal is depressed. Follow P. 402

● Appears if ACC with Low Speed Follow is canceled ● Immediately depress the brake pedal.
while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC
with Low Speed Follow.

118
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 119 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ● Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
● Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected 2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 398
lane. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly. 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 419
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
● You can change the setting for the road departure
mitigation system. Narrow, Normal, Wide, and

Instrument Panel
● Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
Warning Only can be selected.
lane.
2 Customized Features P. 306
When you selected Warning Only
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
When you selected Narrow, Normal or Wide
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. The system
also steers the vehicle to help you remain within
your driving lane.
● Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper ● Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
sounds simultaneously.

Road Departure Mitigation System

When you selected Narrow
● Appears when the vehicle is likely to drive out of a
—
detected lane.
- The system steers the vehicle to help you remain
within your driving lane.

Continued 119
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 120 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

● Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS ● If the VSA®, ABS, or brake system indicator or another
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a indicator comes on, take appropriate action.
system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels 2 Indicators P. 86
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
Instrument Panel

● Appears when the temperature inside the camera is ● Use the climate control system to cool down the
too high. camera.
● Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing
the LKAS button can resume the system.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 419
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396

● Appears when the area around the camera is ● Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer if the message does not
place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. disappear, even after you clean the area around the
● May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, camera.
snow, fog, etc.). 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 419
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396

120
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 121 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Gauges and Driver Information Interface

Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, fuel gauge, POWER/CHARGE gauge, high 1Gauges
voltage battery charge level gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when Press the (display/information) button
the power mode is in ON. repeatedly until the icon is shown on the driver
information interface. Press ENTER, then press and

■ Speedometer
hold it again. The speedometer reading and the
displayed measurements will switch between mph
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h. and km/h.

Instrument Panel
■ Fuel Gauge 1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
Displays the approximate amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
You should refuel when the needle approaches E .

■ Range Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,

damaging the catalytic converter.
Shows the estimated distance you can travel
on the remaining power and fuel. This The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
estimate is based on the fuel economy and the fuel gauge reading.
energy consumption of your previous trips
and the remaining high voltage battery charge
level.

Continued 121
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 122 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuGauges

■ POWER/CHARGE Gauge
■ Electric motor 1Electric motor
The degree to which the electric motor is being powered is displayed by the readings The power output of the electric motor is restricted
on the POWER side. when the high voltage battery charge level is running
When you depress the accelerator pedal, the white needle on the gauge moves. The low (one segment on the gauge).
curved blue line on the gauge shows the range within which only the electric motor
Instrument Panel

If you accelerate aggressively, the engine may start

provides propulsion to the wheels. The length of this line varies depending on the
even though the white needle has not exceeded the
drive mode and the remaining power of the High Voltage battery. When the white curved blue line.
needle exceeds the curved blue line, the engine starts and the curved blue line turns
white.

Curved Blue Line

White Needle

■ Battery charge in progress

The degree to which the High Voltage battery is being charged is displayed by the
readings on the CHARGE side when coasting or during deceleration.

122
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 123 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuGauges

■ High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge 1High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
When the number of bars displayed on the High
Shows the remaining high voltage battery charge level. Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge becomes one,
assist by the high-voltage battery is limited and the
vehicle output is lowered.

The high voltage battery charge level may decrease

Instrument Panel
under the following conditions:
• When the 12-volt battery has been replaced.
• When the 12-volt battery has been disconnected.
• When the high voltage battery control system
corrects its reading.

The charge level reading will be corrected

automatically while driving.

Changes in the temperature of the high voltage

battery can increase or decrease the battery’s
charging capacity. If temperature changes cause the
battery’s capacity to change, the number of
indicators in the battery charge level gauge may also
change, even if the amount of charge remains the
same.

123
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 124 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

Driver Information Interface

The driver information interface shows the odometer, trip meter, outside
temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such
as warnings and other helpful information.

■ Switching the Display 1Switching the Display

You can edit, add, or delete the meter contents using
Press the (display/information) button and press or to change the the audio/information screen.
Instrument Panel

display. Press ENTER to see detailed information. 2 Customizing the Meter P. 219

ECO Drive Power Flow Average/ Average Fuel Range Navigation & Maintenance
Display Monitor Instant Fuel Economy Compass MinderTM
Economy Records

*1 *1

(Display/
Information) Button

Press , , Average Speed/ Warning Speed Unit & Customize Mail Phone Audio
Elapsed Time Messages Disp OFF
or .
Press ENTER.

*1:You can add the content using the audio/information screen.

124
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 125 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

Press the TRIP button to change the display.

TRIP

Outside temperature

Instrument Panel
TRIP TRIP
Odometer Trip A Trip B

TRIP Button

Continued 125
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 126 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

■ Odometer
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.

■ Trip Meter 1Trip Meter

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A pressing the TRIP button.
Instrument Panel

and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

■ Resetting a trip meter

To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button. The trip meter
is reset to 0.0.

■ Outside Temperature 1Outside Temperature

The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada). Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
■ Adjusting the outside temperature display speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F or 3°C if the temperature reading seems
incorrect. It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.

Use the audio/information screen’s customized

features to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 306

■ Average Fuel Economy 1Average Fuel Economy

You can change when to reset the average fuel
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km. economy.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel 2 Customized Features P. 306
economy is also reset.

126
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 127 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

■ Instant Fuel Economy

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.

■ Elapsed Time 1Elapsed Time

You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset. 2 Customized Features P. 306

Instrument Panel
■ Average Speed 1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
Shows the average speed in mph or km/h since Trip A or Trip B was reset. 2 Customized Features P. 306

■ Turn-by-Turn Directions 1Turn-by-Turn Directions

The driver information interface shows a compass
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the when the route guidance is not used.
navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 306

Continued 127
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 128 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

■ Maintenance MinderTM
Shows the Maintenance MinderTM.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 479

■ Audio
Instrument Panel

Shows the current audio information.

2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 210

■ Mail
Shows the current mail information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 337

■ Phone
Shows the current phone information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 337

128
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 129 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

■ Range 1Range
The displayed range may change even when the
Shows the estimated distance you can travel vehicle is stationary.
on the remaining power and fuel. This
estimate is based on the fuel economy and
energy consumption of your previous trips
and the remaining high voltage battery charge

Instrument Panel
level.

■ Average Fuel Economy Records

Shows the average fuel economy for the last
three driving cycles (1 – 3), and the current
driving cycle (0) in mpg or l/100 km.

Each time you set the power mode to ON, the

display is updated, and the oldest record is
deleted.

Continued 129
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 130 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

■ Eco Drive Display/Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points

■ Eco Drive Display
The vehicle icon on the display moves forward or backward while driving.
The more aggressive the acceleration is, the further the icon moves forward.
The more aggressive the deceleration is, the further the icon moves backward.
Keep the icon near the center of the circle for better fuel economy while driving.
Instrument Panel

Aggressive Moderate Fuel-Efficient Moderate Aggressive

Deceleration Deceleration Driving Acceleration Acceleration

Vehicle Icon

130
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 131 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

■ Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points

Appear for a few seconds when you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
Each has three stages. Depending on your driving style, the leaf icon(s) and the
gauge increase or decrease to indicate that you have reached a different stage of
fuel economy.

Instrument Panel
Drive Cycle Score Advancing to Advancing to
2nd Stage 3rd Stage

Receding to Receding to
Lifetime Points 2nd Stage 3rd Stage

■ Resetting the Drive Cycle Score

1. Make sure the transmission is in (P . Turn the power mode to ON.
2. If ECON mode is on, press the ECON button to turn it off.
3. Turn the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
4. Turn the power mode to ON again.
u Make sure to complete steps from 4 through 6 within 30 seconds.
5. Depress the brake pedal twice.
u The color of the ambient meter will change from white to green.
u When the Fuel Efficiency Backlight setting on the audio/information display
is off, the color stays white.
6. Press the ECON button twice.
u The color of the ambient meter will turn to monochrome.
7. Turn the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

Continued 131
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 132 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

■ Power Flow Monitor 1Power Flow Monitor

While the vehicle is stationary with the engine
Displays the power flow of the motor and engine, indicating the vehicle's power running, the following may appear on the driver
source and whether the battery is being charged. Information Interface.

Engine ON
Instrument Panel

Power Flow
Engine OFF
Engine

Hybrid (HV) Electric Vehicle (EV) Engine (Direct Drive)

Power is supplied by Power is supplied by Power is being supplied
the motor and the the motor. to charge the HV
engine. battery and supply
power to the wheels.

Regeneration Power is being The engine is running

The motor is charging supplied by only and the motor is
the High Voltage the engine. charging the High
battery. Voltage battery.

132
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 133 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

■ Customized Features
• Shows the customized feature (charge timer).
2 Using a Timer P. 471
• Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
2 Customized Features P. 306

Instrument Panel
■ Telematics Control Unit 1Telematics Control Unit
If you are planning to use a smartphone, check the
Sends and receives information between your telematics control unit signal strength before leaving
vehicle and smartphones. the vehicle.

When you set the power mode to VEHICLE

OFF, the telematics control unit signal
strength and high voltage battery charge
timer setting appear on the driver information
interface.

133
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 134 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

134
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 135 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 136 Security System Alarm...................... 153 Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 172
Locking and Unlocking the Doors Opening and Closing the Windows ...156 Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 173
Key .................................................. 137 Operating the Switches Around the Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 173
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength.. 138 Steering Wheel Power Door Mirrors ......................... 174
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the POWER Button................................. 158 Adjusting the Seats .......................... 175
Outside .......................................... 139 Turn Signals ..................................... 161 Front Seats ...................................... 175
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Light Switches.................................. 162 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Inside ............................................. 146 Daytime Running Lights ................... 165 Items ................................................ 183
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 148 Wipers and Washers ........................ 166 Interior Lights .................................. 183
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 149 Brightness Control ........................... 168 Interior Convenience Items .............. 185
Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 150 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Climate Control System ................... 193
Security System ................................ 153 Button........................................ 169 Using Automatic Climate Control .... 193
Immobilizer System .......................... 153 Driving Position Memory System * .... 170 Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 201

* Not available on all models 135

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 136 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Clock
Adjusting the Clock
Models without navigation system 1Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the power You can customize the clock display to show the 12
mode in ON. hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 306

■ Adjusting the Time You can turn the clock display in the audio/
■ Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen information screen on and off.
1. Select Settings. 2 Customized Features P. 306
2. Select Clock.
You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is
3. Select Clock Adjustment.
Controls

moving.
4. Select 3 or 4 to change hour.
5. Select 3 or 4 to change minute, then You can also adjust the clock by touching the clock
select OK. displayed on the upper right corner of the display.
1. Touch the clock on the display.
2. Select Clock Adjustment.
3. Select 3 or 4 to change hour.
4. Select 3 or 4 to change minute, then select OK.

Models with navigation system

The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.

136
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 137 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key
This vehicle comes with the following key: 1Key
Use the key to turn on and off the power All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
system, and to lock and unlock the doors and immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
to open the trunk. You can also use the theft.
remote transmitter to lock and unlock the 2 Immobilizer System P. 153
doors and trunk, and open the charge lid.
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the
keys:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.

Controls
• Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand.
■ Built-in Key • Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the power
Release Knob system may not activate, and the remote transmitter
doors when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/ may not work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
unlock operation is disabled.
inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Hybrid dealer.
To remove the built-in key, slide the release
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
Built-in Key smart entry remote until it clicks.

Continued 137
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 138 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength

■ Key Number Tag 1Key Number Tag

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
Contains a number that you will need if you safe place outside of your vehicle.
purchase a replacement key. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

If you lose your key and you cannot activate the

power system, contact an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
Controls

Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength 1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/ Communication between the smart entry remote and
unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to activate the power system. the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or activating depending on regularity of use.
the power system may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
• You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. personal computers.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.

138
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 139 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
When you carry the smart entry remote, you position, the interior light comes on when you unlock
can lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk. the doors.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius No doors opened: The light fades out after 30
of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door seconds.
handle or trunk release button. Doors relocked: The light goes off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 183

1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System

Controls
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the smart entry system,
■ Locking the doors and trunk the doors will automatically relock.

Door Lock Press the door lock button on the front door. You can lock or unlock doors using the smart entry
Button u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
sounds; all the doors lock; and the
security system sets.

Continued 139
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 140 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Locking the doors and trunk (Walk 1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®)
away auto lock®) The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
When you walk away from the vehicle while default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
carrying the smart entry remote, the doors will ON using the audio/information screen.
automatically lock. If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
audio/information screen, only the remote
The auto lock function activates when all
transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door
doors are closed, and the smart entry remote
prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the 2 Customized Features P. 306
The activation range of outside door handle.
the auto lock function is Exit vehicle while carrying smart entry remote
Controls

After the auto lock function has been activated,

about 5 feet (1.5 m) when you stay within the locking/unlocking
and close door(s).
operation range, the indicator on the smart entry
1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of remote will continue to flash until the doors are
the vehicle. locked.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated. When you stay beside the vehicle within the
2. Carry the smart entry remote beyond about operation range, the doors will automatically lock
approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain
function activating beeper sounds.
outside this range for 2 or more seconds.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper When you open a door after the auto lock function
sounds; all doors will then lock. activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
be delayed until all doors are closed.

When all doors have been closed and the smart entry
remote is inside the vehicle, or if the smart entry
remote is not detected within about 5 feet (1.5 m) of
the vehicle, auto lock function will not be activated.

140
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 141 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

To temporarily deactivate the function: 1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®)
1. Set the power mode to OFF. The auto lock function does not operate when any of
2. Open the driver’s door. the following conditions are met.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate • The smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.
the lock as follows: • A door or the hood is not closed.
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock. • The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
• The smart entry remote is not located within a
deactivated. radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle
when you get out of the vehicle and close the
To restore the function:

Controls
doors.
• Set the power mode to ON.
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock Auto lock function operation stop beeper
function. After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
• With the smart entry remote on you, move
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
out of the auto lock function operation • The smart entry remote is put inside the vehicle
range. through a window.
• Open any door. • You are located too close to the vehicle.
• The smart entry remote is put inside the trunk.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the smart entry remote. Then, open/close a
door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper
sounds once.

Continued 141
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 142 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Unlocking the doors and trunk 1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
Grab the driver’s door handle: • Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
u The driver’s door unlocks. when you get out. Carry it with you.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the • Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
beeper sounds twice. you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else
with the remote is within range.
Grab the front passenger’s door handle:
• The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
u All doors unlock.
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the the smart entry remote is within range.
beeper sounds twice. • If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the
Controls

door sensor may be slow to respond or may not

Press the trunk release button: respond by unlocking the doors.
u The trunk unlocks and opens. • After locking the door, you have up to two seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
sounds. unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 151 at least two seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.
• The door might not open if you pull it immediately
Trunk Release after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
Button again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
• Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart
entry remote if it is above or below the outside
handle.
• The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the door and door glass.

The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings

can be customized using the audio/information
screen.
2 Customized Features P. 306

142
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 143 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Using the Remote Transmitter 1Using the Remote Transmitter

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
■ Locking the doors unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
LED
Press the lock button. the doors will automatically relock.
Unlock Lock Once: You can change the relock timer setting.
Button Button u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors 2 Customized Features P. 306
lock, and the security system sets.
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
Twice (within five seconds after the first
transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE
push):
OFF.
u The beeper sounds and verifies the

Controls
security system is set. The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
■ Unlocking the doors surroundings.
Press the unlock button.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
Once:
open.
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver’s door unlocks. If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
Twice: varies, the battery is probably low.
u The remaining doors unlock. If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 514

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.

2 Customized Features P. 306

Continued 143
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 144 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the
If the lock or unlock button of the smart entry remote does not work, use the key other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking,
instead. the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the key a second
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 514 time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining
Fully insert the key and turn it. doors.
Lock
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 306
Controls

Unlock

144
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 145 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key 1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors
If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using lock at the same time.
the key, you can lock the door without it. Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
■ Locking the front doors inside the vehicle.
Push the lock tab forward a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.

■ Locking the rear doors

Controls
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

■ Lockout prevention system

The doors cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.

145
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 146 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

■ Using the Lock Tab 1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
Lock Tab ■ Locking a door driver’s door, all of the other doors lock at the same
To Lock
Push the lock tab forward. time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
■ Unlocking a door driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
Pull the lock tab rearward.
To Unlock
Controls

146
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 147 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

■ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle 1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
Pull the front door inner handle.
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
u The door unlocks and opens in one However, this feature requires that front seat
motion. occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.

Children should always ride in a rear seat where

childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 148

Controls
Inner Handle

Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.

To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using
the audio/information screen.

Continued 147
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 148 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch 1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
Press the master door lock switch in as shown master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/
To Unlock
to lock or unlock all the doors. unlock at the same time.

To Lock
Controls

Master Door Lock Switch

Childproof Door Locks 1Childproof Door Locks

The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside To open the door from the inside when the
regardless of the position of the lock tab. childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks handle.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.

■ When opening the door

Open the door using the outside door handle.
Unlock

Lock

148
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 149 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met. 1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
■ Auto Door Locking locking/unlocking setting using the audio/
information screen.
■ Drive lock mode 2 Customized Features P. 306
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

■ Auto Door Unlocking

■ Driver’s door open mode

Controls
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.

149
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 150 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Opening and Closing the Trunk

Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk
■ Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.

■ Closing the trunk

Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 82
Controls

Using the Trunk Opener

Pressing the trunk opener on the driver’s door
unlocks and opens the trunk.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 568

Trunk Opener

150
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 151 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button

Using the Trunk Release Button

Push up the release button on the trunk lid 1Using the Trunk Release Button
after the doors are unlocked. • If you forget the remote inside, the beeper will
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 568 sound and the trunk will not close.
• A person who is not carrying the smart entry
Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the remote can unlock the trunk if a person who is
carrying it is within range.
trunk if you carry the smart entry remote.
• If the beeper sounds after you close the trunk,
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper move the smart entry remote away from the trunk
Trunk Release sounds. and close again.
Button
• The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too

Controls
close to the trunk.

Using the Remote Transmitter 1Using the Remote Transmitter

Press the trunk release button for If the driver’s door is locked, the trunk will
approximately one second to unlock and open automatically lock when you close it. Otherwise, you
will have to lock it manually.
the trunk.

Trunk
Release
Button

151
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 152 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener

Emergency Trunk Opener

The trunk release lever allows you to open the 1Emergency Trunk Opener
trunk from inside for your safety. Parents should decide if their children should be
shown how to use this feature.
Slide the release lever in the direction of the
arrow.

Lever
Controls

152
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 153 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from 1Immobilizer System
starting the power system. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use NOTICE
electronic signals to verify the key. Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the POWER button: Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the POWER button. vehicle unattended.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the POWER
Doing so may damage the system and make your
button. vehicle inoperable.

Controls
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions
and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake
become magnetic. pedal before turning the vehicle on the first time after
the 12-volt battery has been disconnected.

Security System Alarm 1Security System Alarm

The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
opened. The alarm does not activate if the trunk or doors are opened with the key, Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
remote transmitter or smart entry system.
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.
opened before the power mode is set to ON.

■ When the security system alarm activates

The horn sounds intermittently and some exterior lights flash.

■ To deactivate the security system alarm

Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or smart entry system. The
system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

Continued 153
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 154 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

■ Setting the security system alarm 1Security System Alarm

The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have Do not set the security system alarm when someone
been met: is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). accidentally activate when:
• The hood is closed. • Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
• All doors and the trunk are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter • Opening the trunk with the trunk opener or the
emergency trunk opener.
or smart entry system.
• Opening the hood with the hood release.

■ When the security system alarm sets If the 12-volt battery goes dead after you have set the
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
Controls

security system alarm, the security alarm may go off

blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set. once the 12-volt battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
■ To cancel the security system alarm unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter or
smart entry system.
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter, smart entry system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system
alarm indicator goes off at the same time.

154
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 155 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

■ Panic Mode
■ The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
Panic • The horn sounds.
Button • Some exterior lights flash.

Controls
■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.

155
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 156 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Opening and Closing the Windows

Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, 1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
using the switches on the doors.
3 WARNING
The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power Closing a power window on someone’s
window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (indicator off) to open hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s seat.
Make sure your passengers are away from
When the power window lock button is pressed, the indicator comes on and you the windows before closing them.
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
Controls

child is in the vehicle. The power windows can be operated for up to 10

minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■ Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function Opening either front door cancels this function.
Indicator ■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and Auto Reverse
Power If a power window senses resistance when closing
hold it until the desired position is reached.
Window automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
Lock Button To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it direction.
until the desired position is reached.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
Driver’s ■ Automatic operation when you continuously pull up the switch.
Window To open: Push the switch down firmly.
Switch The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch The window opens or closes completely. To
Rear Passenger’s stop the window at any time, push or pull the
Window Switches switch briefly.

156
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 157 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

■ Opening the Windows with the Remote

To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.
Unlock
Button
If the windows stop midway, repeat the
procedure.

Controls
■ Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
Close key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Open Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.

Release the key to stop the windows at the

desired position. If you want further
adjustment, repeat the same operation.

157
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 158 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel

POWER Button
■ Changing the Power Mode 1POWER Button
POWER Button Operating Range

Operating Range
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
The button is off.
The power to all electrical components is turned
off.
Controls

ACCESSORY
The button blinks (in red).
Operate the audio system and other accessories You can start the power system when the smart entry
in this position. remote is inside the vehicle.
The power system may also start if the smart entry
remote is close to the door or window, even if it is
outside the vehicle.

ON ON mode:
The button blinks (in red). The POWER button is on (in red), if the power system
All electrical components can be used. is on.

Without pressing If the battery of the smart entry remote is getting

the brake pedal low, the power system may not start when you press
the POWER button. If the power system does not
Press the button.
start, refer to the following link.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 541

Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON

when you get out.

158
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 159 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button

■ Automatic Power Off

If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the 12-volt battery.

■ Power Mode Reminder

If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
beep sounds.

Controls
Continued 159
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 160 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button

■ Smart Entry Remote Reminder 1Smart Entry Remote Reminder

When the smart entry remote is within the system’s
Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/ operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
or outside the vehicle to remind you that the warning function cancels.
smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the
buzzer continues even after the remote is put If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle
back inside, place it to be within its after the power system has been turned on, you can
operational range. turn the power system off, but you can no longer use
ACCESSORY mode or restart the vehicle. Always
make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you
■ When the power mode is in ON
Controls

operate the POWER button.

If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle
warning buzzer sounds from both inside and through a window does not activate the warning
outside the vehicle. A warning message on buzzer.
the driver information interface notifies the
Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard
driver inside that the remote outside of the or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer
vehicle. to go off. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
■ When the power mode is in warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is
ACCESSORY within the system’s operational range.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.

160
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 161 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the power
Right Turn mode is in ON.

■ One-touch turn signal

When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
Left Turn and turn signal indicator blink three times.

This feature can be used when signaling for a

Controls
lane change.

161
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 162 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

Light Switches
■ Manual Operation 1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the
High Beams
and off, regardless of the power mode driver’s door is opened.
setting.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
■ High beams instrument panel will be on.
Push the lever forward until you hear a click. 2 Lights On Indicator P. 97

Do not leave the lights on when the power system is

Flashing the high beams ■ Low beams
Controls

off because it will cause the 12-volt battery to

Low Beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to discharge.
Turns on parking, side marker, return to low beams.
tail, and rear license plate lights If you sense that the level of the headlights is
Turns on headlights, parking, ■ Flashing the high beams abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by an
side marker, tail, and rear authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
Pull the lever back, and release it.
license plate lights

162
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 163 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

■ Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) 1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
Automatic lighting control can be used when when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
the power mode is in ON. such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do
headlights and other exterior lights will switch not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise,
the automatic lighting system may not work properly.
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
Light Sensor

Controls
You can change the auto light sensitivity
setting.
2 Customized Features P. 306

The headlights comes on when you unlock a

door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
will go off.
The exterior lights come on
Setting
when the ambient light is at
Max
Bright
High
Mid
Low
Dark
Min

Continued 163
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 164 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

■ Headlight Integration with Wipers 1Headlight Integration with Wipers

This feature activates while the headlights are off in
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within AUTO.
a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO. The instrument panel brightness does not change
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped. when the headlights come on.

At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting

control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.
Controls

You can turn the headlight integration with wipers

function on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 306

■ Automatic Lighting Off Feature 1Automatic Lighting Off Feature

You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 2 Customized Features P. 306
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with
you, and close the driver's door.

If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but
do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch
is in the AUTO position).

The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

164
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 165 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights

Daytime Running Lights

The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is AUTO, or OFF.
• The parking brake is released.

The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake.

Setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running
lights.

Controls
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.

165
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 166 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Wipers and Washers

■ Windshield Wipers/Washers 1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
The windshield wipers and washers can be
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
used when the power mode is in ON. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
Pull to
the lever. The pump may get damaged.
use
washer.
When the wiper motor is kept running under heavy
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI)
Controls

load for extended periods of time, this protection

Move the lever up or down to change the feature is activated, and the wiper speed may
wiper settings. decrease or motor operation may stop temporarily.
This function will be canceled within a few minutes
Intermittent Time ■ Adjusting wiper operation once the load has been reduced; the wiper operation
Adjustment Ring returns to normal.
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
operation.
MIST If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
OFF Lower speed, fewer sweeps operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens.
INT When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
LO: Low speed wipe shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
HI: High speed wipe the same.
Higher speed, more sweeps

NOTICE
■ Washer In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. windshield.
When you release the lever for more than one Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.

166
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 167 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

1Wipers and Washers

If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
remove the obstacle.

The washer jets are in the location shown below.

Controls
Washer Jets

167
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 168 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Brightness Control
(+ Button
When the power mode is in ON, you can use 1Brightness Control
the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
panel brightness. whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
Brighten: Press the (+ button. instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
Dim: Press the (- button. on.

When it is bright outside and the headlight

You will hear a beep when the brightness integration with the wiper is activated, the
reaches minimum or maximum. Several instrument panel brightness does not change.
(- Button seconds after adjusting the brightness, you
Controls

will be returned to the previous display. To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness
when the exterior lights are on, press the (+ button
■ Brightness level indicator until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper
sounds.
The brightness level is shown on the display
while you are adjusting it. The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.

168
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 169 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

Press the rear defogger and heated door 1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
mirror button to defog the rear window and NOTICE
mirrors when the power mode is in ON. When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes along the defogger heating wires.
depending on the outside temperature.
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F Also, do not use the system for a long time while the

Controls
(0°C) or below, it does not automatically power system is stopped. This may weaken the 12-
switch off. volt battery, making it difficult to turn the power
system on.

When the outside temperature is below 41°F (5°C),

the heated door mirror may activate automatically for
10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON.

169
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 170 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System *

Driving Position Memory System *

You can store two driver’s seat with the driving position memory system. 1Driving Position Memory System *
Using the audio/information screen, you can disable
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or smart the automatic seat adjustment function.
entry system, the seat adjusts automatically to one of the two preset positions. 2 Customized Features P. 306
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
Controls

170 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 171 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System *

■ Storing a Position in Memory 1Storing a Position in Memory

After you press the SET button, the storing operation
Memory Button 1 1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the will be canceled when:
driver’s seat to the desired position. • You do not press the memory button within five
Memory Button 2
2. Press the SET button. seconds.
u You will hear the beeper, and the • You readjust the seat position before the double-
memory button indicator light will blink. beep.
3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2 • You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
within five seconds of pressing the SET
button.

Controls
SET Button
u Once the seat position has been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on and you will
hear the double-beep.

■ Recalling the Stored Position 1Recalling the Stored Position

The seat will stop moving if you:
1. Put the transmission into (P .
Memory Buttons • Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2 .
2. Apply the parking brake. • Adjust the seat position.
3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ). • Put the transmission into a position other than (P .
u You will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light will blink.

The seat will automatically move to the

memorized position. When it has finished
moving, you will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light stays on.

171
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 172 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

Adjusting the Steering Wheel

The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you 1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever 3 WARNING
down. Adjusting the steering wheel position while
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is driving may cause you to lose control of the
under the steering column. vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
To lock
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out. Adjust the steering wheel only when the
u Make sure you can see the instrument vehicle is stopped.
Controls

panel gauges and indicators.

To adjust
3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up
to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.

172
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 173 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Adjusting the Mirrors

Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving 1Adjusting the Mirrors
position. Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.

Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.

2 Front Seats P. 175

■ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror

When you are driving after dark, the The auto dimming function cancels when the
automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces transmission is in (R .

Controls
Up
the glare from headlights behind you, based
on inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature
is always active.
Down

Sensor

173
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 174 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

Power Door Mirrors

You can adjust the door mirrors when the
Selector
Switch power mode is in ON.

■ Mirror position adjustment

L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Adjustment
Switch Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
Controls

mirror.

174
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 175 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Adjusting the Seats

Front Seats
Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible 1Adjusting the Seats
Allow sufficient
space. while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, 3 WARNING
well back in the seat and be able to Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
adequately press the pedals without leaning in serious injury or death if the front
forward, and grip the steering wheel airbags inflate.
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far Always sit as far back from the front
Move back. back from the front airbag in the dashboard airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.

Controls
as possible.

■ Adjusting the Seat Positions The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
■ Adjusting the front power seats * at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

Horizontal
Position
Adjustment

Height
Adjustment Seat-back Angle
(Driver side only) Adjustment

* Not available on all models Continued 175

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 176 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

■ Adjusting the front manual seats * 1Adjusting the front manual seats *
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
Height Adjustment
(Driver side only)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.
Controls

Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to
Horizontal Position change the angle.
Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.

176 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 177 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs 1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable, 3 WARNING

upright position, leaving ample space
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
between your chest and the airbag cover in
serious injury or death in a crash.
the center of the steering wheel.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
The front seat passenger should also adjust and sit well back in the seat.
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.

Controls
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with
proper seat belt or airbag operation.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury. that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.

177
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 178 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions. 1Head Restraints

■ Adjusting the Front Head Restraints Positions

3 WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
Head restraints are most effective for
reduces their effectiveness and increases
protection against whiplash and other rear-
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the Make sure head restraints are in place and
center of the restraint. The tops of the positioned properly before driving.
occupant’s ears should be level with the
Controls

center height of the restraint. In order for the head restraint system to work
Position head in the center
properly:
of the head restraint.
• Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
To raise the head restraint: from the restraint legs.
Pull it upward. • Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
To lower the head restraint:
• Install each restraint in its proper location.
Push it down while pressing the release
button.

178
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 179 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

■ Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions

A passenger sitting in the center back seating
position should adjust the height of their head
restraint to an appropriate position before the
vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release

Controls
button.

Front and rear center head restraints

■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints 1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
3 WARNING
To remove a head restraint: Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the head restraints can result in severe injury
restraint up and out. during a crash.

To reinstall a head restraint: Always replace the head restraints before

Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height driving.
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.

179
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 180 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position

Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their 1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the power 3 WARNING
system is off. Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly with your feet on the floor.
increased.
Controls

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.

180
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 181 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

Rear Seats
■ 60/40 Split Folding Down the Rear Seats 160/40 Split Folding Down the Rear Seats
The rear seat-back(s) can be folded down to
Center 1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.
Shoulder Belt guide.
Never drive with a seat-back folded down and the
trunk lid open.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 82

To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until

it locks.
Guide

Controls
When returning a seat-back to its original position,
push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder
2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the
the lock. center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.
Release
Lever Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 67

Also make sure all items in the trunk or items

3. Fold the seat-back down. extending through the opening into the rear
seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly
forward if you have to brake hard.

The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they

do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold
down.

181
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 182 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

Armrest
■ Using the Front Seat Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
Controls

■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest

Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.

182
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 183 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items

Interior Lights
■ Interior Light Switches 1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
Door Activated Position
■ ON out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
The interior lights come on regardless of closed.
whether the doors are open or closed. The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the
■ Door activated following situations:
The interior lights come on in the following • When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
situations:
• When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
• When any of the doors are opened. (LOCK) but do not open a door.
• You unlock the driver’s door.

Controls
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
Off On • When the power mode is set to VEHICLE 2 Customized Features P. 306
OFF (LOCK).
■ OFF The interior lights go off immediately in the following
The interior lights remain off regardless of situations:
• When you lock the driver’s door.
whether the doors are open or closed.
• When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
• When you set the power mode to ON.

To avoid draining the 12-volt battery, do not leave

the interior light on for an extended length of time
when the power system is off.

If you leave any of the doors open in VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off after about 15
minutes.

Continued 183
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 184 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights

■ Map Lights 1Map Lights

When the interior light switch is in the door activated
Front
The map lights can be turned on and off by position and any door is open, the rear map light will
pressing the (map light) button. not go off when you press the (map light) button.
Controls

Rear

184
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 185 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Interior Convenience Items

■ Glove Box 1Glove Box

Release Button Press the release button to open the glove 3 WARNING
box. An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.

Always keep the glove box closed while

driving.

Controls
Glove Box
The glove box light comes on when the parking lights
are on.

Continued 185
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 186 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Console Compartment
Pull the handle to open the console
compartment.
Controls

You can use the card holder located in the

console compartment lid.

Card Holder

186
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 187 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Beverage Holders 1Beverage Holders

■ Front seat beverage holders NOTICE

Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
The beverage holders have two bases, an and electrical components in the interior.
adjustable upper base and a fixed lower base.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
For short cups, flip the upper base into Hot liquid can scald you.
position by lowering the arm. For tall cups,
Arm
reverse the procedure.

Controls
Front ■ Door side beverage holders
Are located on the both of the front and rear
door side pockets.

Rear

Continued 187
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 188 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Rear seat beverage holders

Except Canadian models
Pull down the armrest in the center backrest
and open the lid to use it.

Lid
Canadian models
Controls

Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat

beverage holders.

188
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 189 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Accessory Power Sockets 1Accessory Power Sockets

NOTICE
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
or ON. element. This can overheat the power socket.
■ Accessory power socket (console panel)
Open the cover to use it. The accessory power sockets are designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.

To prevent 12-volt battery drain, only use the power

Controls
socket with the power system on.

■ Accessory power socket (back of the

console compartment)
Open the cover to use it.

Continued 189
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 190 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Coat Hook 1Coat Hook

The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
There is a coat hook on the rear left grab items.
handle. Pull it down to use it.
Controls

■ Under-Floor Storage Area

Pull up the cargo area floor lid.

190
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 191 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Seat Heaters 1Seat Heaters

The power mode must be in ON to use the 3 WARNING

seat heaters.
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense

temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat

Controls
heaters.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Avoid using seat heaters when the 12-volt battery
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) charge is low. The vehicle may be difficult to start.
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on) After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the seat heaters will automatically be reduced by one
level at a time until the seat heaters shuts off. The
elapsed time varies according to the interior
environment.

When the ECON mode is active, the driver’s side seat

heater functions according to the status of the
climate control system. If you want to use only the
climate control system, press the seat heater button
to OFF.

Continued 191
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 192 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Sunglasses Holder 1Sunglasses Holder

Keep the holder closed while driving except when
To open the sunglasses holder, press and accessing stored items.
release the indent. To close, press it again until
it latches.

You can store eyeglasses and other small

Press items in this holder.
Controls

192
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 193 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Climate Control System

Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. 1Using Automatic Climate Control
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers Press the CLIMATE button to display A/C, MODE,
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible. fan control information on the audio/information
screen to operate manually. Select icon to turn on or
off A/C, change the vent mode, or change the fan
speed.

If any buttons/icons are pressed while using the

climate control system in auto, the function of the
button/icon that was pressed will take priority.

Controls
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.

To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the

fan may operate at low speed for a while after the
AUTO button has been pressed.

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down

more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper

limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

Pressing the button switches the climate

control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.

Continued 193
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 194 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

A/C (Air Conditioning) Icon

MODE Control Icon MODE Control Icon

(Dashboard vents and back (Floor and defroster vents)
of the center console)
MODE Control Icon MODE Control Icon
(Dashboard and floor vents, and (Floor vents)
back of the center console)
Controls

Fan Control Icon

/ (Fan Control) CLIMATE Button

Buttons

Driver’s Side Temperature Passenger’s Side

Control Dial Temperature Control Dial
AUTO Button

(Recirculation) Button SYNC (Synchronization) Button

(Fresh Air) Button (ON/OFF) Button

Use the system when the power system is on.

1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side
temperature control dial.
3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel.

194
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 195 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Switching the vent mode 1Using Automatic Climate Control

1. Press the CLIMATE button. Models with driving position memory system
2. Select a desired vent mode icon. When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (DRIVER 1 or DRIVER 2) is detected, and
the climate control settings are turned to the
respective mode automatically when you set the
power mode to ON.

All models
If any icons are not selected within several seconds

Controls
after the display is switched, it returns to the previous
screen. In this case, press the CLIMATE button again.
■ A/C on and off
1. Press the CLIMATE button. You can change the length of time the climate
control display stays on.
2. Select On or Off.
2 Customized Features P. 306

While ECON mode is active, the climate control

system may have reduced cooling performance.

Continued 195
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 196 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes

Press the (recirculation) or (fresh air) button to switch the mode
depending on environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior
through the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator on): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system
in fresh air mode in normal situations.
Controls

196
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 197 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows 1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
Pressing the button turns the air through all the windows before driving.
conditioning system on and automatically Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
switches the system to fresh air mode. limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
Press the button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings. If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.

Controls
■ To rapidly defrost the windows 1To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button. After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
2. Press the button. mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.

Continued 197
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 198 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Synchronization Mode 1Synchronization Mode

When you press the button, the system changes
to synchronization mode.

When the system is in dual mode, the driver’s side

temperature and the passenger’s side temperature
can be set separately.
Controls

SYNC Button
Driver’s Side Temperature Passenger’s Side Temperature
Control Dial Control Dial

You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver’s side and the passenger’s
side in synchronization mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system switches to synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using the driver’s side temperature control dial.

To return to dual mode, you can either press the SYNC button again or turn the dial
of the passenger’s side temperature control unit.

198
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 199 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Turning the Climate Control System On and Off with the 1Turning the Climate Control System On and Off with the Remote
Remote
3 WARNING
You can operate the climate control system from outside the vehicle.
Make sure that no one is inside the vehicle
■ To turn on the system when you use the remote climate control
1. Press the lock button. system. After a certain period of time has
Lock
Button
u Some exterior lights flash. elapsed, the system shuts off temporarily.
Climate 2. Within about five seconds, press and hold
Button During this time, the interior of the vehicle
the climate button. may heat up or cool down depending on
u Some exterior lights flash.

Controls
ambient temperatures. If a child is left
u After a few seconds, some exterior lights inside the vehicle, extreme temperature
flash six times and the climate control exposure can result in death or serious
system is turned on. injury of the child.

■ To turn off the system

The climate control system does not operate when
Press and hold the climate button.
any of the following conditions are met.
u Some exterior lights flash and the climate • A door or the hood is not closed.
control system is turned off. • The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
• The brake pedal is being depressed.
• The High Voltage battery level is low.

When you use the climate control system while the

vehicle is charging, it is recommended that you set
the charging level to 240 volt charge.

Continued 199
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 200 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

1Turning the Climate Control System On and Off with the Remote
The climate control system automatically turned off
when any of the following conditions are met.
• The system has been operated for more than 30
minutes.
• The High Voltage battery level becomes low.
• A door or the hood is opened.
• The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
• The brake pedal is being depressed.
Controls

If the charging connector is unplugged, the High

Voltage battery is used to power the climate control
system.

200
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 201 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

Automatic Climate Control Sensors

Sensor The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.

Controls
Sensor

201
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 202 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

202
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 203 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System Playing an iPod ................................ 255 General Information on the Audio
About Your Audio System................ 204 Song By VoiceTM (SBV)...................... 258 System............................................. 288
USB Ports ......................................... 205 Playing Pandora®*1 ........................... 262 Customized Features ............................306
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 206 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 264 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * ......334
Audio Remote Controls.................... 207 Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 267 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®............. 337
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 210 HondaLink® ..................................... 269 *1: Available only on U.S. models.
Audio/Information Screen ................ 211 Wi-Fi Connection ............................. 274
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 236 Siri Eyes Free .................................... 276
Display Setup ................................... 237 Apple CarPlay .................................. 277
Voice Control Operation .................. 239 Android Auto................................... 280
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 243 Audio Error Messages ...................... 284
Playing SiriusXM® Radio * ................. 247

* Not available on all models 203

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 204 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service *. It can also 1About Your Audio System
play USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices. SiriusXM® Radio * is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio *,
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the touchscreen interface. dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 288

SiriusXM® Radio * is available in the United States and

iPod Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.

SiriusXM® * is a registered trademark of SiriusXM

Radio, Inc.
Features

iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.

USB Flash State or local laws may prohibit the operation of

Drive handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Remote Controls

204 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 205 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports

USB Ports
Install the device USB connector or the USB 1USB Ports
flash drive to the USB port. • Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
u The USB port (1.5A) is for charging vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
devices, playing audio files and damage it.
connecting compatible phones with • We recommend using an extension cable with the
Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. USB port.
• Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
u To prevent any potential issues, be sure
hub.
USB Port (1.5A)
to use an Apple MFi Certified Lightning • Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
Connector for Apple CarPlay, and for disk drive, as the device or your files may be
Android Auto, the USB cables should be damaged.
certified by USB-IF to be compliant with • We recommend backing up your data before using
USB 2.0 Standard. the device in your vehicle.
• Displayed messages may vary depending on the

Features
u The USB port (1.0A) is for playing audio
device model and software version.
files on the USB flash drive and
connecting a cellular phone and If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
charging device. reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
USB Port (1.0A) reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.

USB charge
The USB port can supply up to 1.0A or 1.5A of
power. It does not output 1.0A or 1.5A unless
requested by the device.
For amperage details, read the operating manual of
the device that needs to be charged.
Turn the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first.

Under certain conditions, a device connected to the

port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.

205
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 206 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection

Audio System Theft Protection

The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the 12-volt battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the
system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.

■ Reactivating the audio system

1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Select and hold the audio system power icon for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer and have the audio unit checked.
Features

206
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 207 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Audio Remote Controls

Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on 1Audio Remote Controls
the driver information interface. Some modes appear only when an appropriate
(+ (- Bar 3 4 Buttons device or medium is used.
ENTER Button Press 3 or 4 to cycle through the audio Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
3 Button mode as follows: some functions may not be available.
Button FM AM SiriusXM® * USB iPod
Press the (Hang-up/back) button to go back
Button
Bluetooth® Audio Pandora® * Apple to the previous command or cancel a command.
4 Button
CarPlay/Android Auto
Press the button to switch display.
2 Switching the Display P. 211
Button

ENTER Button

Features
• When listening to the radio and SiriusXM® *
1. Press ENTER to switch the display to a preset list you stored in the preset buttons.
2. Press 3 or 4 to select a preset, then press ENTER.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
1. Press ENTER to display the folder list.
2. Press 3 or 4 to select a folder.
3. Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in that folder.
4. Press 3 or 4 to select a track, then press ENTER.

* Not available on all models Continued 207

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 208 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

• When listening to an iPod

1. Press ENTER to display the iPod music list.
2. Press 3 or 4 to select a category.
3. Press ENTER to display a list of items in the category.
4. Press 3 or 4 to select an item, then press ENTER.
u Press ENTER and press 3 or 4 repeatedly until the desired mode you want
to listen to is displayed.
• When listening to Pandora® *
1. Press ENTER to display the station list.
2. Press 3 or 4 to select an item, then press ENTER.
• When listening to Bluetooth® Audio
1. Press ENTER to display the track list.
Features

2. Press 3 or 4 to select a track, then press ENTER.

208 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 209 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

(+ (- (Volume) Bar
Press (+ : To increase the volume.
Press (- : To decrease the volume.

Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold : To select the next strong station.
Press and hold : To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.

Features
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Pandora® *
Press : To skip to the next track.
Press and hold : To select the next station.
Press and hold : To select the previous station.

* Not available on all models 209

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 210 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Audio System Basic Operation

To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. 1Audio System Basic Operation
: Select to go to the home screen. Audio Menu Items
(Home) Icon
2 Using the audio/information screen 2 Station List P. 244, 245
P. 212 2 Music Search List P. 256, 265
: Select to display available options 2 Scan P. 245, 254, 266
2 Play Mode P. 257, 266
including Sound, View Radio Text, Music
Search, and playback modes.
: Select to go back to the previous screen
when the icon is illuminated.
(Menu) Icon (Day/Night): Select to change the
(Back) Icon audio/information screen brightness.
(Day/Night) Icon
Select once and select (- or (+ to make
Features

an adjustment.
u Each time you select , the mode
switches among the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.

210
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 211 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this display, you can go to various 1Using the button
setup options. You can edit, add, and delete the contents shown on
the driver information interface.
■ Switching the Display 2 Customizing the Meter P. 219

■ Using the button

Press the (display) button to change the display.

Features
Driver Information
(Display) Button Interface

Continued 211
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 212 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Using the audio/information screen

Home Screen

Models without navigation system

Models with navigation system

Features

Select to go to the home screen.

Select Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, Navigation *, HondaLink, Smartphone
Connection (Apple CarPlay, Android Auto), App List ( ), or Instrument Panel.

■ Phone
Displays the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 337

212 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 213 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Info 1Audio/Information Screen

Displays Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper. Select on the Info Menu screen Touchscreen operation
to see all available options: Trip Computer, Voice Info, Clock/Wallpaper, • Use simple gestures - including touching, swiping
System/Device Information and Vehicle energy. and scrolling - to operate certain audio functions.
• Some items may be grayed out during driving to
reduce the potential for distraction.
Trip Computer:
• You can select them when the vehicle is stopped or
• Current Drive tab: Displays the current trip information.
use voice commands.
• History of Trip A tab: Displays information for the three previous drives. The • Wearing gloves may limit or prevent touchscreen
information is stored every time you reset Trip A. response.
To delete the history manually, select Delete history on the History of Trip A
tab. The confirmation message appears on the screen, then select Yes. You can change the touchscreen sensitivity setting.
2 Customized Features P. 306

Features
Voice Info: Displays a list of all voice commands.

Clock/Wallpaper: Displays the clock and wallpaper.

System/Device Information:
• System Info: Displays the software version of the audio system.
• USB Info: Displays the memory usage of the USB device.

Vehicle energy:
Displays the energy flow screen.
2 Energy flow screen P. 215

■ Audio
Displays the current audio information.

Continued 213
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 214 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Settings *
Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 306

■ Navigation *
Displays the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

■ HondaLink®
Displays the Hondalink® screen.
2 HondaLink® P. 269

■ Smartphone Connection
Features

Displays the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.

2 Apple CarPlay P. 277
2 Android Auto P. 280

■ App List ( )
Adds or removes apps or widgets on the Home screen.
2 Home Screen P. 225

■ Instrument Panel
Selects from three customizable settings for the driver information interface.

214 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 215 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Energy flow screen 1Energy flow screen

The energy flow screen shows the vehicle’s power flow, and range. While the vehicle is stationary with the engine
running, the following may appear on the display.
Driving Range by High Engine Icon Driving Range by Fuel
Voltage Battery

Features
High Voltage Battery
Level Gauge

Continued 215
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 216 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Shows the engine and High Voltage battery power flow, indicating what is 1Energy flow screen
supplying power to the vehicle and/or charging the battery. While the engine provides propulsion directly to the
u The indicator for the power transmission appears in blue, and for the battery wheels, the icon appears in the power flow
charging operation, in green. monitor on the screen.

Color of
Display Vehicle’s Condition
indicators

While Driving:
Blue Power is being supplied by the
engine.
Features

While Driving:
Blue Power is being supplied by the
High Voltage battery.

While Driving:
Power is being supplied by the
Blue
High Voltage battery and
engine.

216
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 217 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Color of
Display Vehicle’s Condition
indicators

While Decelerating:
High Voltage battery is being
Green
charged by regenerative
braking and engine.

While Decelerating:
High Voltage battery is being

Features
charged by regenerative
Green
braking.
When the engine is running,
the engine icon is turned on.

While Driving:
Power is being supplied and
Blue and Green
the High Voltage battery is
being charged by the engine.

Continued 217
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 218 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Color of
Display Vehicle’s Condition
indicators

When Stopped:
The vehicle is idle and the High
Green
Voltage battery is being
charged by the engine.
Features

218
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 219 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout

1. Select .
2. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
4. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.

■ Customizing the Meter 1Customizing the Meter

Features
You can store up to three customized configurations.
You can edit, add, or delete the meter contents on the driver information interface. To select or customize a configuration, press Swap
1. Config..
2. Settings When you select Swap Config. during
3. System customization, the settings you changed will be
4. Configuration of Instrument Panel saved.
When you select during customization, the
settings you changed will not be saved and you will
be returned to the Instrument Panel screen.

Continued 219
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 220 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Editing order 1Editing order

To change the order of the icons on the driver information interface, first select: You can use an alternative method to change the
1. Edit Order order of the icons. First select:
1. Edit Order
2. Select and hold the icon you want to move.
3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want it to
be.
4. Select OK.
uThe screen will return to the Instrument Panel
screen.
Edit Order
Features

2. Select the icon you want to move.

u You will see arrows on both sides of the
selected icon.

Select

3. Select the left or right arrow repeatedly to

move the icon to your desired position.
4. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the Instrument
Panel screen.

Arrow icons OK

220
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 221 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Adding contents 1Adding contents

You can add icons to the driver information interface. To add icons, first select: Icons that are grayed out cannot be selected.
1. Add
If an icon has a plus mark in the upper-right corner, it
means that the icon has already been added.

Add

2. Select an icon you want to add.

Features
u You will see a plus mark on the upper
right hand corner of the selected icon.

Select

3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the Instrument
Panel screen.

OK

Continued 221
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 222 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Deleting contents 1Deleting contents

To delete contents on the driver information interface, first select: You can also delete contents by selecting:
1. Delete 1. Delete or Edit Order
2. Select and hold an icon you want to delete.
3. Drag and drop the icon to the trash icon.
4. Select OK.
uThe screen will return to the Instrument Panel
screen.

Delete

2. Select an icon you want to delete.

Features

u The icon with an X on the upper right

hand corner can be deleted.

Select

3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the Instrument
Panel screen.

OK

222
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 223 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Wallpaper Setup 1Wallpaper Setup

The wallpaper you set up on Clock/Wallpaper Type
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen. cannot be displayed on the driver information
interface.
■ Import wallpaper • When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
You can import up to five images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
drive. Images in a folder cannot be imported.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB • The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
• The file format of the image that can be imported
port.
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
2 USB Ports P. 205 • The individual file size limit is 5 MB.
2. Select Settings. • The maximum image size is 4,096 × 4,096 pixels. If
3. Select Clock. the image size is less than 800 × 480 pixels, the
4. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then open image is displayed in the middle of the screen with

Features
the Wallpaper tab. the extra area appearing in black.
5. Select Add New. • If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
u The picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Select a desired picture. After changing the screen interface design, you can
u The preview is displayed on the left side change the wallpaper by following procedure.
on the screen. 1. Select .
7. Select Start Import to save the data. 2. Select and hold empty space on the home screen.
The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
u The display will return to the wallpaper
3. Select Change wallpaper.
list. 4. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers.

Continued 223
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 224 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Select wallpaper 1Wallpaper Setup

1. Select Settings. From the pop-up menu, select Preview to see a
2. Select Clock. preview at full-size screen.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then open the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a desired wallpaper.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Set.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

■ To view wallpaper once it is set

Features

1. Select .
2. Select Info.
3. Select .
4. Select Clock/Wallpaper.

■ Delete wallpaper
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Clock.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then open the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list. To go back to the previous screen, select OK, or
4. Select a wallpaper that you want to delete. select .
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
5. Select Delete.
u A confirmation message appears on the screen. To delete all wallpapers you add, select Delete All,
6. Select Yes to delete completely. then Yes.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

224
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 225 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Home Screen 1Home Screen

The home screen has 5 pages (fixed). You cannot add
■ To change to a next screen any more pages.

Select to go directly back to the first page of the

home screen from any page.

Swipe

Icon Icon Current page position

Features
Selecting or , or swiping the screen left or right changes to the next screen.

Continued 225
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 226 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ To use apps or widgets 1To use apps or widgets

1. Select . Select and hold a selected app or widget to add that
Models without navigation system 2. Select App List or icon. app’s or widget’s shortcut on the home screen.
u The App screen appears.
3. Select the app or widget you want to use. Pre-installed apps may not start up normally. If this
occurs, you need to reset the system.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 333
Preinstall app list:
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it may reset all
• Calculator: Displays Calculator. the settings to their factory default.
• Downloads*1: Displays the data 2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 333
downloaded from the web browser and so In case those apps still do not startup normally even
(App list) Icon
on. after Factory Data Reset, contact an authorized
Models with navigation system • App Installer: Check with a Honda dealer Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
Features

for apps that are available for installation.

Do not install apps other than those confirmed by a
Honda dealer. Installation of unauthorized apps may
introduce data corruption risks to your vehicle's
information and your privacy.

You can delete user installed apps by the following

procedure.
App List Icon 1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Detail Information.
6. Select Apps.
7. Select an app that you want to delete.
8. Select Delete.
Pre-installed apps cannot be deleted.

*1: Downloads app cannot be used because there is no Browser function in this system.
226
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 227 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ To add app or widget icons on the home screen

App or widget icons can be added on the home screen.
1. Select .
2. Select .
3. Select and hold empty space on the home
screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Add App or Add Widget.
u The App/Widget screen appears.

Features
Select and hold.

Continued 227
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 228 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

5. Select and hold an app or widget icon you

want to add.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
6. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
Select and hold. it to be.
7. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
Features

Drag and drop.

228
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 229 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ To move icons on the home screen 1To move icons on the home screen
You can change location on the home screen. You can also move the Phone, Info, Audio,
1. Select and hold an icon. Settings, Navigation *, HondaLink, Smartphone
u The screen switches to the customization Connection, App List ( ), and Instrument Panel
screen. icons in the same manner.
2. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
3. Select OK.
Select and hold. u The screen will return to the home
screen.

Features
Drag and drop.

* Not available on all models Continued 229

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 230 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ To remove icons on the home screen 1To remove icons on the home screen
You can delete the icons on the home screen. You cannot delete the Phone, Info, Audio,
1. Select and hold an icon. Settings, Navigation *, HondaLink, Smartphone
u The screen switches to the customization Connection, App List ( ), and Instrument Panel
screen. icons.
2. Drag and drop the icon you want to remove
Apps or widgets will not be deleted by deleting the
to the trash icon.
icon on the home screen.
u The icon is removed from the home
Select and hold. screen.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
Features

Drag and drop to

the trash icon.

230 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 231 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ To change the home screen wallpaper

You can change a wallpaper of the home screen.
1. Select and hold empty space on the home
screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
2. Select Change wallpaper.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Select an app for selecting wallpapers.

4. Select the wallpaper you want to change.

Features
5. Select Set wallpaper.
u The wallpaper is changed, then the
screen will return to the home screen.

Continued 231
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 232 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Status Area
1. Swipe the upper area of the screen.
u The status area appears.
2. Select an item to see the details.
3. Select or swipe up the bottom bar to
Swipe
close the area.
Features

Status Area Bar

232
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 233 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Changing the Screen Interface 1Changing the Screen Interface

After changing the screen interface design, you can
You can change the screen interface design. change the wallpaper by following procedure.
1. Select . 1. Select .
2. Select Settings. 2. Select and hold empty space on the home screen.
3. Select System. The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select the Others tab. 3. Select Change wallpaper.
4. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers.
5. Select Change Skin.
6. A confirmation message appears on the
If you change the screen interface, some of the
screen. Select Yes. setting items will change.
2 Customized Features P. 306

Features
Continued 233
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 234 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Menu Customize 1Menu Customize

You can also use the method below to change menu
You can change menu icons on the right side of Audio, Phone, and Info screen. icon:
1. Select and hold menu icon. Select Settings System Home tab Menu Icon
Position

Select and hold

Menu Icons

To change Menu Icon

Features

2. Select or icon, then Audio, Phone,

or Info from Menu Customize.
3. Select and hold the menu icon you want to
change, then drag and drop the icon to the
bottom.
Drag and drop

To add
4. Select and hold the menu icon you want to
add, then drag and drop the icon to above.
5. Select OK.

Drag and drop

234
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 235 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Closing Apps 1Closing Apps

If you have a number of apps running in the
You can close specific apps running in the background on the system. background and something goes wrong with the
1. Select and hold . audio system, some of those apps may not work
2. Select the Active tab. properly. If this happens, close all the apps and re-
u If you select the Active/History tab, you launch the app/apps that you want to use.
can close the apps that are currently
To close all apps on the system, select Clear All, then
running and delete the app activity
Yes.
history simultaneously.
3. Select an app you want to close. You cannot close the HondaLink® and Garmin * apps.
4. Select Clear.
u The display will return to the app list.

Features
* Not available on all models 235
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 236 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Adjusting the Sound

1. Select . 1Adjusting the Sound
2. Select Audio. The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
3. Select . SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
4. Select Sound. speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.

Select a tab from the following choices:

• BAS-MID-TRE: Bass, Middle, Treble
• FAD-BAL: Fader, Balance
• SVC: Speed Volume Compensation
Features

236
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 237 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.

■ Changing the Screen Brightness 1Changing the Screen Brightness

You can change the Contrast and Black Level
1. Select . settings in the same manner.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Display Settings.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.

Features
■ Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Background Color.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.

Continued 237
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 238 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

■ Selecting an Audio Source

Select the source icon. Source Select Screen

Source List Icons

Select the current source icon, then select an icon on the source list to switch the
Features

audio source.

■ Limitations for Manual Operation

Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

238
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 239 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Voice Control Operation

Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation. 1Voice Control Operation
The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks
the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights in the ceiling. what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.

■ Voice Recognition 1Voice Recognition

The voice control system can only be used from the
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system: driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are noises from the front passenger’s side.
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands.
Available voice command P. 240

Features
• Close the windows.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone in
the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.

Continued 239
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 240 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

■ Phone Call ■ Audio*1

■ Voice Portal Screen
This can be only used when the phone is When the system recognizes the Audio
connected. When the system recognizes the command, the screen will change to the
Phone call command, the screen will audio voice recognition screen.
change to the voice recognition screen for • Audio On*2
phone commands. • Audio Off*2
• Dial by Number • Radio FM
• Call History • Radio AM
• Redial • Radio SXM
• Call <Your contact Name> • PANDORA *
• Call <Phone Number> • iPod
When the (Talk) button is pressed, • Call Police • USB
available voice commands appear on the
Features

• Call 911 • Other Sources

screen. Phone Call commands are not available if Pandora® * cannot be used while Android
For a complete list of commands, say “Voice using Apple CarPlay. Auto is active.
Help” after the beep or select Voice Help.
■ Music Search ■ Navigation*1
You can see the list of commands in Voice This can be only used when the iPod or USB The screen changes to the navigation
Info on the Info Menu screen. Select Info, device is connected. screen.
then select . 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■ Climate Control*1
The system only recognizes the commands When the system recognizes the Climate ■ HondaLink®
on the following pages, at certain screens. Control command, the screen will change This can be only used when the phone is
Free form voice commands are not the dedicated screen to the climate control connected.
recognized. voice recognition screen.
2 Climate Control Commands*1 P. 242

*2: These commands toggle the function

on and off, so the command may not match
*1: Models with navigation system your intended action.
240 * Not available on all models
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 241 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

■ Voice Setting ■ Radio SXM Commands

■ Phone Commands
The screen changes to the Voice Recog. • SXM channel <1-999>
tab on the System Settings screen. The system accepts these commands on the • SXM channel <channel name, category
dedicated screen for the voice recognition name, traffic and weather city name,
■ Voice Help of the phone. sports team name>
You can see a list of the available • Call by number • SXM preset <1-12>
commands on the screen. • Call by name
• Useful Commands*1 • Call <Phone Number> ■ Pandora Commands *
• Phone Commands • Call <Your contact Name> • PANDORA play
• Audio Commands*1
• On Screen Commands ■ Audio Commands*1 ■ iPod Commands
• Music Search Commands The system accepts these commands on the • iPod play

Features
• General Commands*1 dedicated screen for the voice recognition • iPod play track <1-30>
• Climate Control Commands*1 of the audio. • Music Search
• What album is this?
■ Useful Commands*1 ■ Radio FM Commands • What am I listening to?

The system accepts these commands on the • Radio tune to <87.7-107.9> FM

• Radio tune to <87.7 -107.9> HD <1-8> ■ USB Commands
voice portal top screen. • USB play
• Call <Phone Number> FM
• Preset <1-12> • USB play track <1-30>
• Call <Your contact Name> • Music Search
• What time is it? • What album is this?
• What is today’s date? ■ Radio AM Commands
• Radio tune to <530-1710> AM • What am I listening to?
• Preset <1-6>

*1: Models with navigation system

* Not available on all models Continued 241
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 242 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

■ Bluetooth® audio Commands ■ Song By Voice Commands

■ Climate Control Commands*1
• Bluetooth® audio play • What am I listening to?
NOTE: • Who am I listening to? • Climate Control On*2
Bluetooth® Audio commands may not work • Who is this? • Climate Control Off*2
on some phones or Bluetooth® Audio • What’s playing? • Fan speed <1-7>
devices. • Who’s playing? • Temperature max heat
• What album is this? • Temperature max cool
• Temperature <57-87> degrees*3
■ On Screen Commands
■ Play Commands • Temperature <18-32> degrees*4
When On Screen Commands is selected, • Defrost On*2
• Play artist <Name>
the explanation screen is displayed. • Defrost Off*2
• Play track/song <Name>
• Play album <Name> • Air conditioner On*2
■ Music Search Commands • Air conditioner Off*2
Features

• Play genre/category <Name>

• Play playlist <Name> • More
The system accepts these commands on the
• Play composer <Name> • Climate Control Automatic
Music Search screen.
• Vent
■ Using Song By Voice ■ List Commands • Dash and floor
• List artist <Name> • Fan speed up
Song By Voice is a feature that allows you
TM

• List album <Name> • Fan speed down

to select music from your iPod or USB device
• List genre/category <Name> • Floor vents
using Voice Commands. To activate this
• List playlist <Name> • Floor and Defrost
mode, you must push the talk switch and
• List composer <Name> • Temperature up
say: “Music search”.
• Temperature down
■ General Commands*1
• What time is it? *2: These commands toggle the function
• What is today’s date? on and off, so the command may not match
your intended action.
*3: U.S. models
*1: Models with navigation system *4: Canadian models
242
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 243 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Playing AM/FM Radio

Driver Information Interface

/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon Audio/Information Screen

Select to turn the audio system
on and off.

Features
VOL (Volume) Icons Open/Close Icon*1
Select to adjust the volume. Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Menu) Icon
Select to display the menu items.
Preset Icons
Tune the preset radio frequency.
Select and hold the preset icon to
(Back) Icon store that station. Select to
Select to go back to the previous display. display preset 7 onwards.

Scan Icon
Select to scan each station with a strong signal.
Seek Icons
Tune Icons Select or to search the selected band
Select or to tune the radio frequency. up or down for a station with a strong signal.

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

Continued 243
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 244 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Preset Memory 1Playing AM/FM Radio

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
To store a station: stereo FM broadcasts.
1. Tune to the selected station. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
2. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
Switching the Audio Mode
You can also store a preset station by the following procedure. Press the 3 or 4 button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the screen.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 207
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
3. Select the Preset tab. You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store. preset memory.

■ Station List Models with HD RadioTM feature

Features

HD Radio Technology manufactured under license

Lists the strongest stations on the selected band. from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list. Patents. HD RadioTM and the HD, HD Radio, and
2. Select the Station List tab. “Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.
3. Select the station.

■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select Refresh.
HD RadioTM stations not available in all locations in
Canada.

244
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 245 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn
off scan, select Cancel or .

Models with HD RadioTM feature

■ HD Subchannel
Displays the subchannel list when an HD RadioTM station is selected while listening to
an FM station.
1. Select .
2. Select HD Radio Subchannel.
3. Select the channel number.

Features
■ Radio Data System (RDS) 1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station. automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
■ To find an RDS station from Station List signals of that station become weak, the display
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station. changes from the station name to the frequency.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select the station.

■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select Refresh.

Continued 245
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 246 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Select .
2. Select View Radio Text.
Features

246
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 247 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

Playing SiriusXM® Radio *

Channel Icons
Select or to the previous Driver Information Interface
or next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10
channels at a time.
Album Art
/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon Audio/Information Screen
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.

Features
Station Art
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the volume. Open/Close Icon*1
(Menu) Icon Displays/hides the detailed
information.
Select to display the menu items.

Preset Icons
Tune the preset radio station.
(Back) Icon
Select and hold the preset icon to
Select to go back to the previous display. store that station. Select to
display preset 7 onwards.
Scan Icon
Select to scan each channel.
Category Icons Skip Icons
Select or to display and select a Select or to change section in the channel.
SiriusXM® Radio category. Select and hold to move rapidly within the section.

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

* Not available on all models Continued 247

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 248 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ To Change the Tune Mode 1Playing SiriusXM® Radio *

In the channel mode, all available channels are
1. Select . selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
2. Select Tune Mode. channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.

SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,

which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Features

Switching the Audio Mode

Press the 3 or 4 button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 207

Tune Start:
When you change to a preset channel, a song being
played on that channel restarts from the beginning
with this function. This can be turned on or off from
the Audio settings screen.
2 Customized Features P. 306

248 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 249 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Preset Memory 1Playing SiriusXM® Radio *

You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels into the preset
To store a channel: memory.
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
u If Multiple Channel Mix Preset setting to On, then select Replace.

You can also store a channel by the following procedure.

1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
3. Select the Preset tab.
4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.

Features
■ Multi-channel preset (for music channels only) 1Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)
You can store up to five of your preferred music channels to preset numbers. To store a multi-channel preset, you need to setup
1. Tune a station. the Multiple Channel Mix Preset setting to On.
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list. 2 Customized Features P. 306
3. Select the Preset tab.
4. Select and hold the preset number you
want to add a music channel.
u A message appears if there are no
available presets.
5. Select Combine.

* Not available on all models Continued 249

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 250 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Listening to Featured Channels 1Listening to Featured Channels

Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM® can be
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected. displayed.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a channel list.
2. Select the Channel tab. Featured channel lists are at the top of the channel
3. Select the featured channel list title you want to listen to. list.
u The selected channel list of the title is displayed.
4. Select the channel.
Features

250
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 251 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Replay Function 1Replay Function

The system starts storing broadcast in memory when
The system can record up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel’s the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to
broadcast, as well as the last 30 minutes of your preset channel’s broadcast, starting the program from that point.
from the moment you turn the vehicle on. If you tuned to a preset channel, the
system records up to 60 minutes of a broadcast instead of up to 30 minutes. You You can no longer replay any program once the
can rewind and replay the last 30 or 60 minutes of a broadcast. power mode is turned off as it erases memory.
You can check how long the program has been
1. Select .
stored in memory from the audio/information screen.
2. Select Playback.
3. Move the time marker to the position you want to replay. After 30 or 60 minutes of recording the system will
automatically start deleting the oldest data.
The following items are available on the pop-up screen:
(Skip Down): Skips to the previously stored channel. Select and hold to fast- Audio/Information Screen

Features
rewind the current selection.
(A)
(Skip Up): Skips to the next channel. Select and hold to fast-forward the
current selection.
(15sec Back): Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and (B)
hold to fast-rewind the current selection.
(15sec Skip): Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select
and hold to fast-forward the current selection. (C)
u Select OK to close the pop-up menu. Replay in playback mode continues.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is
behind the real-time broadcast
To play or pause on playback mode:
(B): Replayed segment
1. Select . (C): Length stored in memory
2. Select Play/Pause.
When you listen a multi-channel preset while at the
playback mode, the replayed segment is not
displayed.

Continued 251
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 252 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Returning to real-time broadcast

1. Select .
2. Select Go to Live.

■ Live Sports Alert 1Live Sports Alert

The sports alert function is available in SiriusXM®
While listening to other channels, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from mode only.
the games of your favorite teams.

■ To set up a favorite team 1To set up a favorite team

1. Select . Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on.
2. Select Settings. Selecting On(One Time) from the customized
3. Select Audio. settings disables the alert feature next time you turn
Features

4. Select SportsFlash Setup. the power mode to ON.

2 Customized Features P. 306
5. Select Favorite Team.
6. Select a team. You can also set up a favorite team by the following
procedure.
1. Select Audio.
2. Select .
3. Select Setting.
■ To set up an alert message 4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
5. Select Interrupt.
6. Select On(One Time) or On(Continue).

252
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 253 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ To set up an alert beep 1To set up an alert beep

1. Select . You can also set up a alert beep by the following
2. Select Settings. procedure.
3. Select Audio. 1. Select Audio.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup. 2. Select .
3. Select Setting.
5. Select Interrupt Beep.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
6. Select On.

■ Receiving a sports alert

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert.
2. Select Listen.
u You can use the same items as the playback mode pop-up screen.

Features
2 Replay Function P. 251
To go back to the previous screen, select Back.

■ Listening to a missed sports alert

If you have missed a sports alert:
1. Select .
2. Select SportsFlash List.
3. Select alert.

Continued 253
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 254 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Traffic and Weather Information 1Traffic and Weather Information

The traffic and weather information function at
You can receive traffic and weather information. SiriusXM® mode only.

■ To set up a traffic & weather information You can also set up the traffic and weather
1. Select . information by the following procedure.
2. Select Settings. 1. Select Audio.
2. Select .
3. Select Audio.
3. Select Setting.
4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.
4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.
5. Select the region.
u When you do not want to receive the information, select Unregistered. Traffic & Weather Now are registered trademarks of
SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
■ Listening a traffic and weather information
Features

1. Select .
2. Select Traffic & Weather.
u Play mode can also use the any items same as playback mode.
2 Replay Function P. 251
To go back to the previous screen, select OK.

■ Scan 1Scan
The “Scan Songs in Preset” function is based on
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds. TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM®.
1. Select Scan.
2. Select Scan Channels. The “Featured Channels” function is based on
u You can select the desired channel by songs using Scan Song in Preset. Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM®.

TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered

To turn off scan, select Cancel.
trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.

254
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 255 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2 USB Ports P. 205

Driver Information Interface

Features
/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon Audio/Information Screen
Select to turn the audio system
on and off.

VOL (Volume) Icons

Select to adjust the volume. Open/Close Icon*1
(Menu) Icon Displays/hides the detailed
Select to display the menu items. information.

(Back) Icon Song Icons

Select to go back to the previous Select or to change songs.
display. Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
Cover Art Play/Pause Icon

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

Continued 255
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 256 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List 1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
1. Select and select Music Search. versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 284

If you operate any music app on your iPhone/iPod

while the phone is connected to the audio system,
Category you may no longer be able to operate the same app
Selection on the audio/information screen.
2. Select the items on that menu. Reconnect the device if necessary.
Features

Item Selection

256
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 257 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items
You can select shuffle and repeat modes when playing a song. Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
Select a play mode. selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in
random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available songs in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in
random order.
Repeat: Repeats the current song.

Features
■ To turn off a play mode
Select the mode you want to turn off.

257
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 258 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)

Song By VoiceTM (SBV)

Use SBV to search for and play music from your USB flash drive or iPod using voice 1Song By VoiceTM (SBV)
commands. Setting options:
• On (factory default): Song By VoiceTM commands
■ To enable SBV are available.
1. Select . • Off: Disable the feature.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Song by Voice.
6. Select On or Off.
Features

258
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 259 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)

■ Searching for music using SBV 1Searching for music using SBV
1. Set the Song by Voice setting to On. Song By VoiceTM Commands List
2. Press the (Talk) button and say “Music 2 Song By Voice Commands P. 242
Search” to activate the SBV feature for the
USB flash drive and iPod. NOTE:
Song By VoiceTM commands are available for files or
3. Then, say a next command.
songs stored on the USB flash drive or iPod.
u Example 1: Say “(List) ‘Artist A’” to view
a list of songs by that artist. Select the You can add phonetic modifications of difficult
desired song to start playing. words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists,
u Example 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’” to start songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.
playing songs by that artist. 2 Phonetic Modification P. 260
4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/

Features
back) button on the steering wheel. The
selected song continues playing.

Once you have canceled this mode, you need

to press the button and say “Music
Search” again to re-activate this mode.

Continued 259
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 260 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)

■ Phonetic Modification 1Phonetic Modification

Song by Voice Phonetic Modification function is
Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV not available when Song by Voice is set to Off.
to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when
searching for music on the USB flash drive or iPod. You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification
1. Select . items.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Song by Voice Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select New Modification.
7. Select USB or iPod.
Features

260
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 261 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)

8. Select the item to modify (e.g., Artist).

u The list of the selected item appears on
the screen.
9. Select an entry to modify.
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
u To listen to the current phonetic
modification, select Play.
u To delete the current phonetic
modification, select Delete.
10. Select Modify.
11. Select the phonetic spelling you want to

Features
use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted.
12. Select OK.
u The artist “No Name” is phonetically
modified to “Artist A.” When in the
SBV mode, you can press the (Talk)
button and use the voice command
“Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the
artist “No Name.”

261
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 262 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®*1

Playing Pandora®*1
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a 1Playing Pandora®*1
compatible smartphone. Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
your USB cable to the USB port. is only available in certain countries. Visit the Pandora
2 Phone Setup P. 345 website for more information.
2 USB Ports P. 205
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.

To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app

Driver Information must first be installed on your phone. Visit
Interface www.pandora.com. for more information.
/AUDIO (Power/Audio)
Features

Icon
Select to turn the audio Cover Art Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music
system on and off. Audio/Information and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of
Screen one of your favorite artists, tracks, comedians or
composers and Pandora® will create a custom station
VOL (Volume) Icons
that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features
Select to adjust the
hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to
volume.
Smooth Jazz to Power Workout.
(Menu) Icon
Select to display the If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
menu items. Like/Dislike Icons system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Select to evaluate a track. Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
(Back) Icon
system is selected.
Select to go back to the Play/Pause Icon
previous display. Select to pause or play a track.
If your phone is connected to Android Auto,
Station Up/Down Icons Skip Icon Pandora® is only available through the Android Auto
Select to change a station. Select to skip a track. interface. Visit the Android Auto website to check
compatibility.
*1:Available only on U.S. models.
262
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 263 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®*1

■ Pandora® Menu 1Pandora® Menu

Available operating functions vary on software
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio versions. Some functions may not be available on the
system. The available items are: vehicle’s audio system.
• Bookmark
• Station List If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
• New Station
2 Pandora® P. 286
• Switch USB device
• Sound Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed
• Setting on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit
has been reached, your feedback will be saved but
■ Operating a menu item the current track will continue to play.
1. Select .

Features
To change stations, activate the Pandora® menu,
2. Select an item. select Station List, and then select a new station. It
also changes stations on the main Pandora® screen.

263
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 264 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Playing a USB Flash Drive

Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC*1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Ports P. 205

Driver Information Interface

Features

/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon Audio/Information Screen

Select to turn the audio system on
and off.

VOL (Volume) Icons

Select to adjust the volume. Open/Close Icon*2
(Menu) Icon Displays/hides the detailed
Select to display the menu items. information.

(Back) Icon Track Icons

Select to go back to the previous Select or to change files.
display.
Select and hold to move rapidly within
Folder Icons a file.
Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
*2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

264
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 265 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List 1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
1. Select and select Music Search. 2 General Information on the Audio System
2. Select Music. P. 288

WMA files protected by digital rights management

(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.
Folder Selection 2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 284
3. Select a folder.

Features
File Selection
4. Select a file.

Continued 265
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 266 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file. Scan
■ Scan Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the
1. Select . first file in each of the main folders.
2. Select Scan. Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files
3. Select a play mode. in the current folder.

Random/Repeat
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current
folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
■ Random/Repeat Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
Features

Select a play mode.

■ To turn off a play mode

To turn off Scan, select or Cancel.
To turn off Random/Repeat, select the mode again.

266
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 267 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible 1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
phone. Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s audio capabilities are compatible.
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. To check if your phone is compatible, visit
2 Phone Setup P. 345 automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/.

It may be illegal to perform some data device

functions while driving.

Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.

Audio/Information When there are more than two paired phones in the
Screen Driver Information
Interface vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
/AUDIO (Power/
Audio) Icon

Features
The connected phone for Bluetooth® Audio can be
Select to turn the Bluetooth Indicator different.
audio system on and Appears when your
off. phone is connected If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
VOL (Volume) Icons to HFL. there may be a delay before the system begins to
Select to adjust the Open/Close Icon*1 play.
volume. Displays/hides the
detailed In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
(Menu) Icon information. may not appear correctly.
Select to display
the menu items. Some functions may not be available on some
Track Icons devices.
(Back) Icon Select or to change tracks.
Select to go back to the If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or
previous display. Group Icons Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone is
Select or to change group. unavailable. However, a second previously paired
Play Icon
phone can stream Bluetooth® Audio by selecting
Pause Icon
Connect from the Bluetooth Device List.
*1:Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some or all of the lists may not 2 Phone Setup P. 345
be displayed.
Continued 267
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 268 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
connected to the system. instructions.
2 Phone Setup P. 345
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode. Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
You can change the connected phone in the
compatible phone, which is not compatible
Bluetooth® settings on the Audio Menu screen by
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be the following procedure.
connected. 1. Select .
2. Select Setting.
■ To pause or resume a file
Features

Select the play icon or pause icon.

■ Searching for Music 1Searching for Music

Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
1. Select . some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
2. Select Music Search.
3. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
4. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.

268
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 269 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

HondaLink®
HondaLink® connects you to the latest information from Honda. You can connect 1HondaLink®
your phone wirelessly through Wi-Fi or Bluetooth®. The HondaLink® connect app is compatible with most
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 274 iPhone and Android phones.
2 Phone Setup P. 345
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
■ HondaLink® Menu subscription package.

When Apple CarPlay or Android Auto is connected to

the audio system, HondaLink® can be accessed even
without a Wi-Fi connection.

Features
■ Places *
Displays restaurants, gas stations, Honda dealer, and so on. You can also navigate to
the found locations via the navigation.

■ Vehicle
Displays instruction messages when the vehicle needs service.

■ Help & Support

Displays tips for vehicle usage, and get support via road side or customer service
center.

* Not available on all models Continued 269

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 270 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

■ Messages from Honda

Displays helpful and important information from Honda.

■ Weather *
Displays a weekly five-day weather forecast for any location you want. You can
change the ZIP Code at any time.

■ To Set Up to Connect HondaLink® Service

Use the following procedure to connect to HondaLink® service.

■ To enable the HondaLink® service

1. Select .
Features

2. Select Settings.
3. Select Info.
4. Select the HondaLink tab.
5. Select Diagnostic & Location Data.
6. Select On.

You need to allow the consent of the location

service to enable the HondaLink® service.

Enable once: Allows only one time. (Prompt

shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.

270 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 271 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

■ To link with HondaLink®

You can see the Connection Guide screen
after launching HondaLink®. If you do not
need this guide, select check-box and select
OK.

Features
Continued 271
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 272 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

■ Vehicle Information and Message from Honda Tips

You can check the messages that are received quickly in the shortcut operation.
1. A message appears and notifies you of a
new message on the header area.
u When the message is received, a
notification ring can be heard.

Message
Features

Icon
2. A message icon is continuously displayed in
the header area until the new message is
read.

272
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 273 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

3. From the top of the screen, swipe down to

see the messages.

4. Select a new message to open.

Features
273
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 274 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection

Wi-Fi Connection
You can connect the Display Audio to the Internet using Wi-Fi and browse websites
or use online services on the audio/information screen. If your phone has wireless
hotspot capabilities, the system can be tethered to the phone. Use the following
steps to setup.

■ Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time) 1Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
You cannot go through the setting procedure while a
1. Select . vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to setup the
2. Select Settings. Wi-Fi connection.
3. Select Bluetooth/Wi-Fi.
4. Select the Wi-Fi tab. Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
5. Select Wi-Fi On/Off Status, then On. smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
subscription package.
6. Select Wi-Fi Device List.
Features

u Make sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is Check your phone manual to find out if the phone
in access point (tethering) mode. has Wi-Fi connectivity.
u Select the phone you want to connect to
the system. You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or
u If you do not find the phone you want to off with the icon on Wi-Fi Device List. Network
connect in the list, select Scan. speed will not be displayed on this screen.

7. Select Connect.
u If needed, enter a password for your
12ᾉ34
AAAAA
phone and select OK.
BBBBB u When the connection is successful, the
CCCCC
DDDDD
icon is displayed on the top of the
EEEEE screen.
8. Select to go back to the home screen.

274
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 275 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection

■ Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made) 1Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
iPhone users
Make sure your phone's Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode. You may need to go through an initial setup for Wi-Fi
connection again after you boot your phone.

Features
275
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 276 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free

Siri Eyes Free

You can talk to Siri using the (Talk) button on the steering wheel when your 1Siri Eyes Free
iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
2 Phone Setup P. 345
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.

We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri

Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.

■ Using Siri Eyes Free 1Using Siri Eyes Free

Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
(Hang-up/back) Button
Press to deactivate Siri Eyes Free.
Features

Appears when Siri is activated

in Siri Eyes Free

(Talk) Button While in Siri Eyes Free:

Press and hold until the display The display remains the same.
changes as shown. No feedback or commands
appear.

276
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 277 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay

Apple CarPlay
If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the 1.5A USB 1Apple CarPlay
port, you can use the audio/information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later
make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages. are compatible with Apple CarPlay.
2 USB Ports P. 205
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to
Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible
■ Apple CarPlay Menu apps.

Home screen Apple CarPlay menu screen To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the
USB port (1.5A). The USB port (1.0A) will not enable
Apple CarPlay operation.
2 USB Ports P. 205

To directly access the Apple CarPlay phone function,

Features
: Select the Honda press Phone on the home screen. While connected
icon to go back to to Apple CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple
the Home screen CarPlay. If you want to make a call with Bluetooth®
Apple CarPlay icon Go back to the Apple
CarPlay menu screen HandsFreeLink®, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or detach
the USB cable from your iPhone.
2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 278
■ Phone
Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail. When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is
not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or
■ Messages Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other
previously paired phones can stream audio via
Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you. Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 345
■ Music
Play music stored on your iPhone. For details on countries and regions where Apple
CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining
to function, refer to the Apple homepage.

Continued 277
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 278 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay

■ Maps 1Apple CarPlay

Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements &
iPhone. Limitations
Models with navigation system Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an
active cellular connection and data plan. Your
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay) can give carrier’s rate plans will apply.
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
currently using will direct you to your destination. and other technology integral to providing Apple
CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services.
Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
■ Setting Up Apple CarPlay
guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or
Features

functionality.
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the 1.5A USB port, use the
following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple
transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed,
homepage for information on compatible apps.
and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need
to consent to the sharing of this information on the Display Audio Screen.
1Setting Up Apple CarPlay
■ Enabling Apple CarPlay You can also use the method below to set up Apple
CarPlay:
Enable once: Allows only once. (Prompt
Select HOME Settings Smartphone Apple
shows again next time.) CarPlay
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.) Use of user and vehicle information
Cancel: Does not allow this consent. The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to /from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is
You may change the consent settings under governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and
Apple’s Privacy Policy.
the Smartphone settings menu.

278
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 279 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay

■ Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri 1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for
Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri. Siri.
• What movies are playing today?
• Call dad at work.
• What song is this?
• How’s the weather tomorrow?
• Read my latest email.
• Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.

For more information, please visit

www.apple.com/ios/siri.

Features
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to activate Siri.
Press again to deactivate Siri.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.

279
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 280 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

Android Auto
When you connect an Android phone to the Display Audio system via the 1.5A USB 1Android Auto
port, Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto, To use Android Auto, you need to download the
you can use the audio/information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps Android Auto app from Google Play to your
(Navigation), Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use smartphone.
Android Auto, a tutorial will appear on the screen.
Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are
We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using
compatible with Android Auto.
Android Auto. Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto
2 USB Ports P. 205 phone.
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 282
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android
phone to Android Auto and when launching any
compatible apps.
Features

To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the

USB port (1.5A). The USB port (1.0A) will not enable
Android Auto operation.
2 USB Ports P. 205

When your Android phone is connected to Android

Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.
However, other previously paired phones can stream
audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is
connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 345

280
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 281 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

■ Android Auto Menu 1Android Auto

For details on countries and regions where Android
Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to
6
function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.

Android Auto Operating Requirements &

Limitations
Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone
: Go back to with an active cellular connection and data plan.
the Home screen Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Android Auto icon
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Android
a Maps (Navigation) Auto functionality, as well as new or revised

Features
Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard cessation of Android Auto functionality and services.
entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
inputs. guarantee of future Android Auto performance or
functionality.
Models with navigation system
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
currently using will direct you to your destination.
The audio/information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your
destination.
b Phone (Communication)
Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
c Google Now (Home screen)
Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear
just when they’re needed.

Continued 281
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 282 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

d Music and audio

Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto.
To switch between music apps, press this icon.
e Go back to the Home Screen.
f Voice
Operate Android Auto with your voice.

■ Auto Pairing Connection

When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the 1.5A USB port, Android
Auto is automatically initiated.

■ Enabling Android Auto 1Enabling Android Auto

Features

Enable once: Allows only once. (Prompt Only initialize Android Auto when you safely parked.
shows again next time.) When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is
does not show again.) possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came
with your phone.
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You can use the method below to change Android
You may change the consent settings under Auto settings after you have completed the initial
the Smartphone settings menu. setup:
Select HOME Settings Smartphone Android
Auto

Use of user and vehicle information

The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to /from your phone by Android Auto is
governed by the Google’s Privacy Policy.

282
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 283 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

■ Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition 1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with
Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice. voice recognition:
• Reply to text.
• Call my wife.
• Navigate to Honda.
• Play my music.
• Send a text message to my wife.
• Call flower shop.

For more information, please refer to the Android

Auto homepage.

You can also activate the voice recognition function

Features
by pressing the icon in the upper-right corner of
(Talk) button: the screen.
Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate voice recognition.

283
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 284 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Audio Error Messages

iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact an authorized Honda
Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
Error Message Solution

Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the
USB Error
audio system.

A charging error has

occurred with the connected
USB device. When safe Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
please check the off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
compatibility of the device
Features

and USB cable and try again.

Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
Unsupported Version
update the iPod software to the newer version.

Connect Retry Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.

Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are copyright protected or an unsupported format. This
Unplayable File
error message appears for about three seconds, then plays the next song.

284
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 285 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive

Error Message Solution

iPod
Appears when the iPod is empty.
USB flash drive
No Data Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.
iPod and USB flash drive
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.

Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is

Unsupported
connected, reconnect the device.

Features
285
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 286 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

U.S. models
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Hybrid dealer.
Error Message Solution

Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
To begin listening, select a station from the Stations list.
to create a station.

The maximum number of tracks that can be skipped has been Appears when you try to skip a track or select Like/Dislike over
reached. the predetermined number of times in an hour.

Unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later.

Features

Unable to rate track. Please try again. Appears when the commanded operation fails. Try again later.
Unable to save bookmark.
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
No Data
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.

Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update

PANDORA App version is not supported.
Pandora® to the latest version.
Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
PANDORA system maintenance.
later.

Unable to connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your
mobile phone. device.
Unable to connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your Appears when Pandora® app is not installed on your device. Install
mobile phone. Pandora® app to your device.

286
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 287 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps

Android/Apps
If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact an authorized Honda
Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
Error Message*1 Solution

Unfortunately, **** has

Error has occurred within app, select OK on the screen to close the app.
stopped.

App is not responding.

Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a little longer. If it does not respond even if you keep
**** is not responding.
waiting, select OK to close the app and restart it. If the error message continues, perform Factory Data
Would you like to close it?
Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 333

Features
*1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error
occurs.

287
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 288 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

General Information on the Audio System

SiriusXM® Radio Service *
■ Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio 1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID on • U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com/
the screen, select Channel 0. subscribenow, or 1-866-635-2349
2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call SiriusXM® or visit the SiriusXM® website • Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/
to subscribe. subscribe-now, or 1-877-209-0079

■ Receiving SiriusXM® Radio 1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio

The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the 3 or 4 button on the steering wheel, therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30 satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
good reception. mountains the farther north you travel from the
Features

equator.

You may experience reception problems under the

following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
• In tunnels
• On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
• Large items carried on the roof rack

288 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 289 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuSiriusXM® Radio Service *

■ SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages

Requested Channel Not Subscribed:
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
Channel Off Air:
The channel is not currently broadcasting.
Channel unauthorized:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
Subscription Updated.:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
Channel Not Available:
No such channel exists, or the artist or title information is unavailable.
No Signal:

Features
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Check Antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact an authorized Honda
Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
Check Tuner:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® tuner. Contact an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

289
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 290 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

■ iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility 1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
Model of these devices.
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 6th generation) released between 2007 and 2012
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/
iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6s Plus/iPhone SE/iPhone 7/iPhone 7 Plus/iPhone 8/
iPhone 8 Plus/iPhone X
Features

■ USB Flash Drives 1USB Flash Drives

Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended. order. This order may be different from the order
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible. displayed on your PC or device.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

290
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 291 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Honda App License Agreement

■ END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE
INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND
CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL
SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR
OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919
TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND
ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A
THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S
PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.

A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE

Features
during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The
SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content
provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through
the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.

B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.

1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)
as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a
DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.

2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the
“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your
VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be
specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while
you are using the SOFTWARE.

Continued 291
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 292 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source
licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors
of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such
software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.
Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual
or within the SOFTWARE.

4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER
TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,
conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,
Features

targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any
applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.

5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.

(a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance
with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA
(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to
you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under
the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.

292
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 293 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device
other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,
HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or
any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER
TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;

Features
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver
distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,
and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,
or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is
expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software
licenses.

6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying
DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This
AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,
affiliates, or suppliers.

Continued 293
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 294 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export
jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other
governments.

C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in
violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.

2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their
jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by
their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any
Features

information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal
information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.

3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require
that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER
SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control
over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the
inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER
SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER
SERVICES.

4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of
such websites and content.

294
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 295 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and
SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge
and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and
PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any
fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such
measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.

6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-
air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be
updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other

Features
applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.

7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not
provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and
VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.

D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings

1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The
traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),
travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION
INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to
provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,
or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.

Continued 295
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 296 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.

3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
Features

when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.

4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.

296
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 297 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

E. Information Collection and Storage

1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may
collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services
suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally identifies you.

2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease
of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved
destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.

Features
(a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE
(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and
malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,
battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,
diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA
for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period
of time necessary to fulfill these goals.

(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data
(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.

(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is
at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information
uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and
safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.

Continued 297
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 298 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-
infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
Features

the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.

G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney's
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

298
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 299 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,
indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,
without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does
not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such
states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for
any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,
and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA
or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES
interruptions of any length.

Features
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,
PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in
connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the
total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,
strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE
or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN
DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS
LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO
ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.

H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has
ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone
making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your
VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.

Continued 299
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 300 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
Features

HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

K. Termination and Transfer.

1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

300
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 301 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.

M.ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.

Features
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.

Continued 301
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 302 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.

N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
Features

AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.

302
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 303 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

■ OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE
APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE
SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER
LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND
VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR
DETAILS REGARDING APPLE'S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.

USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN
THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE
DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED,

Features
STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING,
FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS
SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE
POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF
DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.

Continued 303
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 304 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

■ DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR
SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS
PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS,
EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-
INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED
TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR
Features

AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST
AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE
PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE,
SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC.,
SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY
TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.

TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR
LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY
(CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND
JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING
LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

304
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 305 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses

About Open Source Licenses

To see the open source license information, follow these steps.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Detail Information.
6. Select About device.
7. Select Legal information.
8. Select Open source licenses.

Features
305
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 306 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Customized Features

Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features. 1Customized Features

When you customize setting, make sure that the
■ How to customize vehicle is at a complete stop and (P is selected.
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select , and
Settings, then select a setting item. To customize other features, select Settings.
2 List of customizable options P. 315
Features

Audio/Information
Screen

306
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 307 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

■ Customization flow
Clock Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type*1/ Clock
Select Settings.
Clock Type*2 Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Auto Time Zone *
Manual Time Zone
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Format
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data

Features
Others Info Screen Preference
Default
Info Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type*1/ Clock
Clock Type*2 Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Auto Time Zone *
Manual Time Zone
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Format
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset

*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

* Not available on all models Continued 307

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 308 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data

Others Info Screen Preference
Default

Camera Rear Camera Fixed Guideline

Dynamic Guideline
Default
LaneWatch Show with Turn Signal
Display Time after Turn Signal Off
Reference Line
Default
Features

Bluetooth/Wi-Fi Bluetooth Bluetooth On/Off Status

Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Wi-Fi Wi-Fi On/Off Status
Wi-Fi Device List
Wi-Fi Information
Default
Smartphone Apple CarPlay
Android Auto
Default

308
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 309 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Phone Phone Bluetooth Device List

Edit Speed Dial
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
HondaLink Assist
Text/Email Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Message Notification
Default

Audio FM/AM HD Radio Mode (FM) *

Features
HD Radio Mode (AM) *
RDS INFO
SXM * Tune Start
SportsFlash Setup
Traffic & Weather Setup
Multiple Channel Mix Preset
Bluetooth Bluetooth Device List
Other Cover Art
Audio Source Pop-Up
Default

* Not available on all models Continued 309

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 310 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

System Home Home Screen Edit Order

Menu Icon Position*2
Configuration of Instrument Panel
Display Display Settings Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Background Color*1 Blue
Amber
Red
Violet
Features

BlueGreen
Touch Panel Sensitivity
Sound/Beep Guidance Volume
Text Message Volume
Voice Recog. Volume
Meter Volume - List Reading
Meter Volume - Alphabetic Reading
Verbal Reminder *
Beep Volume

*1 : Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2 : Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

310 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 311 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Voice Recog. One Press Voice Operation

Voice Prompt
Voice Recog. Volume
Song by Voice
Song by Voice Phonetic Modification
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Automatic Phone Sync

Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type*1/ Clock

Clock Type*2 Wallpaper

Features
Clock Adjustment
Auto Time Zone *
Manual Time Zone
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Format
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset

*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

* Not available on all models Continued 311

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 312 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Others Language
Voice Command Tips *
Remember Last Screen*1
Memory Refresh
Refresh Time Adjustment
Change Skin
Factory Data Reset
Climate Screen Timeout
Detail Information

Default
Features

*1 : Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.

312 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 313 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Vehicle TPMS Calibration Cancel

Calibrate
Driver Assist System Setup Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Meter Setup Adjust Outside Temp. Display
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Adjust Alarm Volume

Features
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
Turn By Turn Auto Display
New Message Notifications
Reverse Alert Tone
Speed/Distance Units
Driving Position Setup * Memory Position Link

* Not available on all models Continued 313

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 314 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Keyless Access Setup Door Unlock Mode

Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep
Lighting Setup Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity
Auto Headlight ON With Wiper ON
Door/Window Setup Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Features

Key and Remote Unlock Mode

Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Walk Away Auto Lock
Maintenance Info.
Default

314
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 315 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

■ List of customizable options

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Clock/ Clock
Wallpaper
Type*1/
Clock Wallpaper
Type*2
Clock Adjustment

Auto Time Zone *

Features
Clock Clock Manual Time Zone See Info on P. 316

Auto Daylight Saving Time

Clock Format

Clock Display

Overlay Clock Location

Clock Reset

*1:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

* Not available on all models Continued 315

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 316 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data
See Info on P. 317
Others Info Screen Preference
Clock
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Clock
Default Yes/No
settings group as default.

Clock/ Analog/Digital*1/
Clock Changes the clock display type.
Wallpaper Small Digital/Off
Type*2/ ● Changes the wallpaper type.
Blank/Galaxy*1/
Features

Clock Wallpaper ● Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.

Type*3 Metallic/Time Zone *
● Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.

Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. —

Info Clock Automatically adjusts the clock when driving

Auto Time Zone * On*1/Off
through different time zones.

Manual Time Zone Changes the time zone manually. —

Select On to have the GPS automatically adjust

Auto Daylight Saving Time the clock to daylight savings time. Select Off to On*1/Off
cancel this function.
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H

*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

316 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 317 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On*1/Off

Upper Right*1/Upper
Clock Overlay Clock Location Changes the clock display layout. Left/Lower Right/
Lower Left/Off

Clock Reset Resets the clock settings to the factory default. Yes/No

Diagnostic & Location

Info HondaLink Turns HondaLink® on and off. On*1/Off
Data

Features
Selects the top menu when the Info is selected.
● Info Top- A brief menu pops up. Info Top/Info
Others Info Screen Preference ● Info Menu- A full menu pops up. Menu*1/Off
● Off- A menu does not pop up.

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info

Default Yes/No
settings group as default.

*1:Default Setting

Continued 317
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 318 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
Fixed Guideline rear camera monitor. On*1/Off
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 453

Rear Selects whether the guidelines adjust to the

Camera Dynamic Guideline movement of the steering wheel. On*1/Off
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 453

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear

Default Yes/No
Camera setting group as default.
Features

Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on

Camera Show with Turn Signal when you move the turn signal lever to indicate a On*1/Off
right turn.
Changes the length of time the LaneWatch
Display Time after Turn
display stays on after the turn signal lever returns 0 second*1/2 seconds
LaneWatch Signal Off
to the center.

Selects whether the reference lines come on the

Reference Line On*1/Off
LaneWatch monitor.
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Default Yes/No
LaneWatch group as default.

*1:Default Setting

318
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 319 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group

Bluetooth On/Off Status Changes the Bluetooth® status. On*1/Off

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
Bluetooth Device List paired phone. —
Bluetooth
2 Phone Setup P. 345

Edits a pairing code.

Edit Pairing Code Random/Fixed*1
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 346
Bluetooth/
Wi-Fi Wi-Fi On/Off Status Changes the Wi-Fi mode. On/Off*1

Features
Connects, disconnects, or deletes the Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi Wi-Fi Device List —
device.

Wi-Fi Information Shows the Wi-Fi information of the head unit. —

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the

Default Yes/No
Bluetooth/Wi-Fi group as default.
Apple CarPlay Sets up the Apple CarPlay connection. —

Android Auto Sets up the Android Auto connection. —

Smartphone
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Default Yes/No
Smartphone group as default.

*1:Default Setting

Continued 319
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 320 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or
Bluetooth Device List disconnects a paired phone. —
2 Phone Setup P. 345

Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.

Edit Speed Dial —
2 Speed Dial P. 351

Phone Fixed/Mobile
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.
Phone*1
Sets a phonebook and call history data to be
Features

Automatic Phone Sync automatically imported when a phone is paired On*1/Off

to HFL.
Phone
HondaLink Assist Turns HondaLink Assist on and off. On/Off*1

Turns the text/e-mail message function on and

Enable Text/Email On*1/Off
off.
Select Account Selects a text or e-mail message account. —
Text/Email
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
New Message Notification screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail On/Off
message.

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone

Default Yes/No
settings group as default.

*1:Default Setting

320
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 321 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Selects whether the audio system automatically
FM/AM mode HD Radio Mode * switches to the digital radio waves or receives the Auto*1/Analog Only
FM/AM analog waves only.

RDS INFO Turns on and off the RDS information. On*1/Off

Turns on and off, starts the song from the

Tune Start On*1/Off
beginning as you change preset stations.
Off/On(One Time)/
Interrupt Turns on and off the sports alert function.
On(Continue)*1

Features
Audio
SportsFlash Favorite Selects your favorite sports teams.
—
SiriusXM® mode Setup Team 2 Live Sports Alert P. 252
SXM * Interrupt Causes the system to beep when the sports alert
On*1/Off
Beep is notified.
Selects the region you want to receive the
Traffic & Weather Setup —
information.

Multiple Channel Mix

Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On/Off*1
Preset

*1:Default Setting

* Not available on all models Continued 321

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 322 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group

Bluetooth® mode
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
Bluetooth Device List paired phone. —
Bluetooth
2 Phone Setup P. 345

iPod or USB mode

[Your selected media] Turns the cover art display on and off. On*1/Off
Audio Cover Art
Other
Selects whether the list of selectable audio source
Audio Source Pop-Up comes on when Audio is selected on the home On/Off*1
Features

screen.

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio

Default Yes/No
settings group as default.
Home Screen Edit Order Changes the HOME screen icon layout. —

Changes the position of the menu icons on the

Menu Icon Position*2 —
System Home Audio, Phone, and Info screen.

Configuration of Changes the Instrument Panel screen icon

—
Instrument Panel layout.

*1:Default Setting
*2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

322
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 323 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group

Changes the brightness of the audio/information

Brightness —
screen.

Display Changes the contrast of the audio/information

Contrast —
Settings screen.
Display Changes the black level of the audio/information
Black Level —
screen.
Changes the background color of the audio/ Blue*1/Amber/Red/
System Background Color*2
information screen. Violet/BlueGreen

Features
Touch Panel Sensitivity Sets the sensitivity of the touch panel screen. High/Low*1

Changes the sound volume.

Guidance Volume Adjusts the guidance volume of the navigation 00~06*1~11
Sound/ system.
Beep
Changes the text/e-mail message reading
Text Message Volume 01~06*1~11
volume.

*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.

Continued 323
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 324 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group

Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 01~06*1~11
Meter Volume - List
Changes the list reading volume. 01~06*1~11
Reading
Sound/
Meter Volume -
Beep Changes the alphabetic reading volume. 01~06*1~11
Alphabetic Reading

Verbal Reminder * Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On*1/Off

Beep Volume Changes the beep volume. Off/1/2*1/3

Features

One Press Voice Changes the setting of the (Talk) button operation when
On*1/Off
Operation using the voice operation.
System
Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On*1/Off

Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 01~06*1~11

Song by Voice Turns the Song By VoiceTM on and off. On*1/Off

Voice
Recog. Song by Voice Modifies a voice command for music stored in the USB flash
drive or an iPod/iPhone. —
Phonetic Modification 2 Phonetic Modification P. 260

Phonebook Phonetic Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.

—
Modification 2 Phonebook Phonetic Modification P. 354

Automatic Phone Sync Sets phonebook and call history data to be automatically On/Off
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.

*1:Default Setting

324 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 325 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group

Clock/ Clock
Wallpaper
Type*2/
Clock Wallpaper
Type*3

Clock Adjustment

Auto Time Zone *

Clock Manual Time Zone See Info on P. 316

Features
System Auto Daylight Saving Time

Clock Format

Clock Display

Overlay Clock Location

Clock Reset

English (United
Others Language Change the display language. States)*1/Français/
Español

*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

* Not available on all models Continued 325

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 326 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Alerts you when manual control of the system is
Voice Command Tips * disabled to prevent distraction while driving. On*1/Off
Only voice commands are available.

Selects whether the device remembers the last

Remember Last Screen*2 On/Off*1
screen.
Turns on the audio system automatically and
System Others Memory Refresh restores the fragmentation of a memory when On*1/Off
the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
Features

Refresh Time Adjustment Sets the time for Memory Refresh. —

Change Skin Changes the screen interface design. Yes/No

Resets all the settings to their factory default.

Factory Data Reset Yes/No
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 333

*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.

326 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 327 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group

Changes the length of time the climate control Never/5 Seconds/10

Climate Screen Timeout display stays on when you press the CLIMATE Seconds*1/20
Others button. Seconds

System Displays the details of the head unit and

Detail Information
operating system information.

Cancels /Resets all customized items in the

Default Yes/No
System group as default.
TPMS Calibration Cancels/Calibrates the TPMS. Cancel/Calibrate

Features
Forward Collision Warning
Changes the distance at which CMBSTM alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short
Distance

Causes the system to beep when the system

ACC Forward Vehicle
Driver detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of On/Off*1
Detect Beep
Vehicle Assist the ACC with Low Speed Follow range.
System Lane Keeping Assist Causes the system to beep when LKAS is
Setup On/Off*1
Suspend Beep suspended.

Normal*1/Wide/
Road Departure Mitigation Changes the setting for the road departure
Warning Only/
Setting mitigation system.
Narrow

*1:Default Setting

Continued 327
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 328 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
-5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F
Adjust Outside Temp. Adjusts the temperature reading by a few (U.S.)
Display degrees. -3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C
(Canada)
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, When Refueled/
“Trip A” Reset Timing average fuel economy A, average speed A, and When Charged/IGN
elapsed time A. Off/Manually Reset*1

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, When Refueled/

Features

“Trip B” Reset Timing average fuel economy B, average speed B, and When Charged/IGN
Meter elapsed time B. Off/Manually Reset*1
Vehicle
Setup
Changes the alarm volume, such as buzzers,
Adjust Alarm Volume High/Mid*1/Low
warnings, turn signal sound, and so on.

Fuel Efficiency Backlight Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. On*1/Off

Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes

Turn By Turn Auto Display On*1/Off
on during the route guidance.
Used to select whether a pop-up alert comes on
New Message
the screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail On*1/Off
Notifications
message.

*1:Default Setting

328
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 329 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Causes the beeper to sound once when the
Reverse Alert Tone On*1/Off
transmission is put into (R .

km/h∙km/
Meter mph∙miles*1
Setup (U.S.)
Speed/Distance Units Selects the trip computer units.
km/h∙km*1/
mph∙miles
(Canada)

Features
Vehicle Driving
Turns the driving position memory system on and
Position Memory Position Link On*1/Off
off.
Setup *

Changes which doors unlock when you grab the Driver Door Only*1/
Door Unlock Mode
driver’s door handle. All Doors
Keyless
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
Access Keyless Access Light Flash On*1/Off
unlock/lock the doors.
Setup
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
Keyless Access Beep On*1/Off
lock the doors.

*1:Default Setting

* Not available on all models Continued 329

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 330 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
15seconds/
Interior Light Dimming Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
30seconds*1/
Time on after you close the doors.
60seconds

0seconds/
Changes the length of time the exterior lights 15seconds*1/
Headlight Auto Off Timer
stay on after you close the driver’s door. 30seconds/
60seconds
Lighting
Vehicle Changes the timing for the headlights to come Max/High/Mid*1/
Setup Auto Light Sensitivity
Features

on. Low/Min
Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of the
Auto Interior Illumination Max/High/Mid*1/
instrument panel when the headlight switch is in
Sensitivity Low/Min
the AUTO position.

Changes the settings for the wiper operation

Auto Headlight ON With
when the headlights automatically come on while On*1/Off
Wiper ON
the headlight switch is in the AUTO position.

*1:Default Setting

330
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 331 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
With Vehicle
Used to change the setting for when the doors
Auto Door Lock Speed*1/Shift from P/
automatically lock.
Off
All Doors When
Driver’s Door
Opens*1/All Doors
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
Auto Door Unlock When Shifted to
automatically.
Park/All Doors When
Ignition Switched

Features
Door/ Off/Off
Vehicle Window
Key and Remote Unlock Sets up the driver’s door or all the doors to unlock Driver Door*1/All
Setup
Mode on the first push of the remote. Doors

LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.

Keyless Lock Answer Back On*1/Off
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock 90seconds/

Security Relock Timer and the security system to set after you unlock 60seconds/
the vehicle without opening any door. 30seconds*1

Changes the settings for the auto lock function

Walk Away Auto Lock On/Off*1
when you walk away from the vehicle.

*1:Default Setting

Continued 331
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 332 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Resets the Maintenance MinderTM display when
Maintenance Info. —
you have performed the maintenance service.
Vehicle
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Default Yes/No
Vehicle settings group as default.
Features

332
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 333 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings

Defaulting All the Settings

Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults. 1Defaulting All the Settings
1. Select . When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
2. Select Settings. all settings to default and delete all personal data.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab. If you perform Factory Data Reset, it will reset the
preinstalled apps to their factory default.
5. Select Factory Data Reset.
u A confirmation message appears on the If you perform Factory Data Reset, you cannot use
screen. the HondaLink® because it becomes off line.
6. Select Yes to reset the settings. 2 HondaLink® P. 269
7. Select Yes again to reset the settings.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select OK.

Features
u After selecting OK, the system will
reboot.

333
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 334 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver *

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three 1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver *
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
home security systems. door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
■ Important Safety Precautions
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.

Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
Features

When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.

334 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 335 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver * uTraining HomeLink

Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
Red Indicator
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.

Features
Continued 335
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 336 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver * uTraining HomeLink

■ Training a Button 1Training HomeLink

Retraining a Button
1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
HomeLink button you want to program. new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
2. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote using this procedure:
transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to
constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds. 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
YES NO NO

Press and release the HomeLink button. Press Indicator remains on for about 25 secs.
3. Press and hold the
and release the button on the remote every 2
programmed HomeLink
secs. 2. Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow
Features

button for about a sec. YES Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from
Does the device (garage steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” You do not
slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly
door opener) work? need to press and release the HomeLink button
blinking? The process should take less than 60
again in step 2.
seconds.
YES NO
Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
4. Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
Training
Complete HomeLink LED is HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks. (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
constantly on.

A. The remote has a rolling code. Press the If you have any problems, see the device’s
5. Press and hold the HomeLink instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
button again. HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.
device (e.g. garage door opener).
The remote-controlled device
should operate. HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
B. Within 30 secs, press and hold the
Training Complete
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.

336
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 337 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone. Place your phone where you can get good reception.

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell

Using HFL phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
■ HFL Buttons • U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
3 4 Buttons compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
Microphone
ENTER Button Volume down
Volume up To use the system, the Bluetooth On/Off Status
setting must be On. If there is an active connection to
Apple CarPlay, HFL is unavailable.

Features
2 How to customize P. 306

Voice control tips

• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
• Press the button when you want to call a
Button number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and
(Talk) Button naturally after a beep.
(Hang-up/Back) Button
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
(Pick-up) Button
• To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume or use the audio remote controls on the
steering wheel.

Up to five speed dial entries can be displayed among

a total of 20 that can be entered.
2 Speed Dial P. 351

Continued 337
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 338 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone menu on the driver 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
information interface, or to answer an incoming call. Up to five previous calls can be displayed at a time
among a total of 20 that can be entered. If there is no
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous
call history, Call History is disabled.
command, or cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to access Voice Portal. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
3 4 buttons: Press to select an item displayed on the phone menu in the driver The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
information interface. trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
ENTER button: Press to call a number listed in the selected item on the phone
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
menu in the driver information interface. of their respective owners.
button: Select and press ENTER to display Speed Dial, Call History, or
Phonebook on the phone menu in the driver information interface. HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
Features

system when it is playing. It will resume when the call

To go to the Phone Menu screen:
is ended.
1. Select .
2. Select Phone to switch the display to the phone screen.
3. Select .

338
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 339 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

■ HFL Status Display 1HFL Status Display

The information that appears on the audio/
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call. information screen varies between phone models.

Bluetooth Indicator
Battery Level Status Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
HFL Mode Roaming Status

Caller’s Name Signal Strength

Caller’s Number

Features
■ Limitations for Manual Operation
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or
numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 351

339
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 340 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL. 1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
■ Phone Settings screen compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
1. Select . is parked.
2. Select Settings.
Some functions are limited while driving.
3. Select Phone.
Features

Phone

Bluetooth Device List (Existing entry list) Connect Connect a paired device to
Connect the system.
Connect

Disconnect Disconnect a paired phone

from the system.
Delete Delete a paired phone.

Add Bluetooth Device Pair a new phone to the system.

340
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 341 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Edit Speed Dial (Existing entry list) Edit Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
● Change a name.
● Change a number.
● Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

New Entry Manual Input Enter a phone number to store as a speed

dial number.

Import from Call History Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.

Features
Import from Phonebook Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.

Delete All Delete all of the previously stored speed dial numbers.

Ring Tone Select the fixed or mobile phone.

Automatic Phone Sync Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.

HondaLink Assist Turn HondaLink Assist on and off.

Continued 341
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 342 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Text/Email Enable Text/Email Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.

Select Account Select a mail or text message account.

New Message Notification Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL
receives a new text/e-mail message.

Default Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone settings group as default.
Features

342
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 343 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone Menu screen

1. Select .
2. Select Phone.
3. Select .

Speed Dial (Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
New Entry Enter a phone number to store as a speed

Features
Manual Input
dial number.
Import from Call History Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Import from Phonebook Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.

Edit Speed Dial (Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
New Entry Manual Input Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Import from Call History Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Import from Phonebook Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.

Continued 343
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 344 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Phonebook Display the paired phone’s phonebook.

Redial Redial the last number dialed.
Dial Enter a phone number to dial.
Call History All Display the last outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Dialed Display the last outgoing calls.
Received Display the last incoming calls.
Missed Display the last missed calls.
Features

Text/Email (Existing message list) Read/Stop System reads received message aloud, or
stop message from being read.
See the previous message.

See the next message.

Reply Reply to a received message using one of six

fixed phrases.

Dial Make a call to the sender.

Select Account Select a mail or text message account.

344
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 345 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone Setup 1Phone Setup

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no the system before you can make and receive hands-
phone paired to the system) free calls.
1. Select Phone.
2. Select Yes. Phone Pairing Tips:
3. Make sure your phone is in search or • You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
discoverable mode, then select Continue.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
u HFL automatically searches for a
• Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
Bluetooth® device. paired to the system.
4. Select your phone when it appears on the • If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
list. by the system within three minutes, the system will
u If your phone does not appear, you can time out and return to idle.

Features
select Refresh to search again.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
u If your phone still does not appear, select
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
Phone Not Found and search for right side.
Bluetooth® devices using your phone. These icons indicate the following:
From your phone, search for : The phone can be used with HFL.
HandsFreeLink. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen. If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay,
pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
unavailable and Add Bluetooth Device is grayed
and your phone match. out from the Bluetooth Device List screen.
This may vary by phone.

Continued 345
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 346 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To change the currently paired phone 1To change the currently paired phone
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
2 Phone Settings screen P. 340 switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
2. Select Bluetooth Device List. original phone is connected again.
3. Select a phone to connect.
To pair other phones, select Add Bluetooth Device
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
from the Bluetooth Device List screen.
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
4. Select Connect , Connect , or
Connect .
■ To change the pairing code setting 1To change the pairing code setting
1. Select . The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
Features

2. Select Settings. setting.

3. Select Bluetooth/Wi-Fi. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
4. Select the Bluetooth tab. current code, then enter a new one.
5. Select Edit Pairing Code.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.

6. Select Random or Fixed.

346
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 347 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a paired phone

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 340
2. Select Bluetooth Device List.
3. Select a phone you want to delete.

4. Select Delete.
5. A confirmation message appears on the

Features
screen. Select Yes.

Continued 347
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 348 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Set Up Text/E-mail Message Options 1To Set Up Text/E-mail Message Options

To use the text/e-mail message function, it may be
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail necessary to set up on your phone.
message function
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. Some text/e-mail message features may not be
2 Phone Settings screen P. 340 available depending on a cellular phone.
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Enable
Text/Email.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.

■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail 1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
message notice On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
Features

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. receive a new message.

2 Phone Settings screen P. 340 Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then New without notification.
Message Notification.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.

348
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 349 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Ring Tone 1Ring Tone

Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers.
You can change the ring tone setting. Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the
2 Phone Settings screen P. 340 speakers.
2. Select Ring Tone.
3. Select Fixed or Mobile Phone.

Features
Continued 349
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 350 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History 1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a name from the list in the cellular
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
On: The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
When your phone is paired, the contents of its for that name.
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to the system. Pref Fax

Home Car

Mobile Other

■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync Work Voice

setting
Features

Pager
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 340
2. Select Automatic Phone Sync. On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to the system.

The phonebook is updated after every connection.

Call history is updated after every connection or call.

3. Select On or Off.

350
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 351 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Speed Dial 1Speed Dial

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. call the number using the voice tag. Say the voice tag
To store a speed dial number: name.
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 343
2. Select Speed Dial.
3. Select New Entry.
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:

Features
u Select a number from the connected cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Select Yes or No.

5. Select Record, or use the button and

follow the prompts to complete the voice
tag.

Continued 351
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 352 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed 1Speed Dial

dial number Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 340 It is easier for the system to recognize a longer name.
2. Select Edit Speed Dial. For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Record.
5. Select Record, or use the button and
follow the prompts to complete the voice
tag.
Features

■ To delete a voice tag

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 340
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Clear.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.

352
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 353 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To edit a speed dial

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 340
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select a setting you want.

■ To delete a speed dial

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 340
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.

Features
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Delete.
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.

Continued 353
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 354 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phonebook Phonetic Modification 1Phonebook Phonetic Modification

You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.
Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that
it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.
■ To add a new voice tag
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to add
phonetic modification to.
Features

354
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 355 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

7. Select New Voice Tag.

8. Select a contact name you want to add to.
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
9. Select Modify.
10. Using Record or the button, follow
the prompts to complete the voice tag.
11. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen, then select OK.

Features
Continued 355
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 356 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To modify a voice tag 1Phonebook Phonetic Modification

1. Select . You can only modify or delete contact names for the
2. Select Settings. currently connected phone.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to modify
phonetic modification.
7. Select a contact name you want to
modify.
u The pop-up menu appears on the
Features

screen.
8. Select Modify.
9. Using Record or the button, follow
the prompts to complete the voice tag.
10. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen, then select OK.

356
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 357 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a modified voice tag

1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to delete
phonetic modification.
7. Select a contact name you want to delete.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
8. Select Delete.

Features
u The selected contact name has been
selected.
9. Select OK.

Continued 357
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 358 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete all modified voice tags

1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to delete
phonetic modification.
u The contact name list appears.
7. Select Delete All.
8. You will receive a confirmation message on
Features

the screen, then select Yes.

1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
■ Making a Call voice from most screens.
Press the button and say the voice tag name.
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or the person you are calling through the audio
redial. speakers.

While there is an active connection with Apple

CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with
HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple
CarPlay.

358
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 359 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using the imported 1To make a call using the imported phonebook
phonebook You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. using voice commands.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 343 2 Speed Dial P. 351
2. Select Phonebook.
3. Select a name.
u You can also search by letter. Select
Search.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering a name, if multiple numbers
exist select a number.
4. Select a number.

Features
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using a phone number 1To make a call using a phone number
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number
2 Phone Menu screen P. 343 using voice commands.
2. Select Dial. 2 Speed Dial P. 351
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering numbers.
4. Select .
u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued 359
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 360 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using redial

1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 343
2. Select Redial.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using the Call History 1To make a call using the Call History
Call history is stored by All, Dialed, The call history displays the last 20 all, dialed,
Received, and Missed. received, or missed calls.
Features

1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. (Appears only when a phone is connected to the
2 Phone Menu screen P. 343 system.)
2. Select Call History.
3. Select All, Dialed, Received, or Missed.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using a Speed Dial entry 1To make a call using a Speed Dial entry
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
2 Phone Menu screen P. 343 call the number using the voice tag.
2. Select Speed Dial. 2 Speed Dial P. 351
3. Select a number.
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
u Dialing starts automatically.
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.

360
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 361 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Call 1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting
When there is an incoming call, an audible
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
notification sounds (if activated) and the answer the incoming call.
Incoming call screen appears. Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Press the button to answer the call. Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
Press the button to decline or end the not want to answer it.
call. Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.

You can select the icons on the audio/information

screen instead of the and buttons.

Features
■ Options During a Call 1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice. You can select the icons on the audio/information
Transfer: Transfer a call from the system to your phone. screen.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the lower
Mute Icon
half of the screen.

Select the option.

u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

Continued 361
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 362 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Text/E-mail Message 1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

The system does not display any received messages
HFL can display newly received text or e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most while you are driving. You can only hear them read
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be aloud.
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new The system can only receive messages that are sent as
text or e-mail message. text (SMS) messages. Messages sent using data
services will not be displayed in the list.
2. Select Read to listen to the message.
u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
The system automatically starts reading 20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, select State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
Stop. e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
Features

message feature when conditions allow you to do so

safely.

When you receive a text or e-mail message for the

first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Message Notification
setting to On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 348

362
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 363 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Selecting a Mail Account 1Selecting a Mail Account

You can also select a mail account from the folder list
If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to screen or the message list screen.
be active and receive notifications.
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 340
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Select
Account.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Text Messages or an e-mail
message account you want.
Select
Account

Features
You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.

Continued 363
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 364 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Displaying Messages 1Displaying Messages

The icon appears next to an unread message.
Message List ■ Displaying text messages
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
2 Phone Menu screen P. 343 also deleted in the system. If you send a message
2. Select Text/Email. from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
u Select account if necessary. outbox.
3. Select a message.
To see the previous or next message, select
u The text message is displayed. The
(previous) or (next) on the message screen.
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
Text Message
Features

364
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 365 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Folder List ■ Displaying e-mail messages

1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 343
2. Select Text/Email.
u Select Select Account if necessary.
3. Select a folder.
4. Select a message.
u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
Message List
message aloud.

Features
E-mail
Message

Continued 365
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 366 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Read or Stop reading a message

1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 364
2. Select Stop to stop reading.
Select Read again to start reading the
message from the beginning.

■ Reply to a message 1Reply to a message

1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
u The system automatically starts reading • Talk to you later, I’m driving.
the message aloud. • I’m on my way.
Features

2 Displaying Messages P. 364 • I’m running late.

• OK
2. Select Reply.
• Yes
3. Select the reply message. • No
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message. You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully Only certain phones receive and send messages when
sent. paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.

366
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 367 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Making a call to a sender

1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Dial.

Features
Continued 367
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 368 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ In Case of Emergency 1In Case of Emergency

■ Automatic collision notification Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
operator if the 12-volt battery level is low, the line is
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted, coverage.
your vehicle automatically will attempt to
connect to the HondaLink operator. If You cannot use this emergency service when:
connected, information about your vehicle, its • You travel outside the HondaLink service coverage
location, and its condition can be sent to the areas.
• There is a problem with the connecting devices,
operator*1; you also can speak to the operator
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
when connected. itself.

IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink Assist, owner activation You cannot operate other phone-related functions
Features

constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed using the screen while talking to the operator.
to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at www.hondalink.com/ Select Hang Up to terminate the connection to your
vehicle.
TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink Assist will attempt to notify emergency
services but NEITHER Honda-PRO NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT
SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR. 1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink Assist services at any time or for repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in,
or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental
regulation.

*1: Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicle’s
location may not be sent to the operator.
368
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 369 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To enable notification 1To enable notification

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. Setting options:
2 Phone Settings screen P. 340 • On: Notification is available.
2. Select the Phone tab, then HondaLink • Off: Disable the feature.
Assist.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.

Features
369
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 370 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

370
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 371 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.

Before Driving................................... 372 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 453
Towing a Trailer................................ 377 Speed Follow ................................. 402 Refueling
When Driving Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 419 Fuel Information .............................. 455
Turning on the Power ...................... 378 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®), aka How to Refuel ................................. 456
Precautions While Driving................. 382 Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Charging
Transmission .................................... 383 System ....................................... 426 Before Charging .............................. 458
Shifting ............................................ 384 Agile Handling Assist ....................... 428 Charge the High Voltage battery using a
ECON Mode .................................... 390 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .. 429 Level 1 or 2 charger ....................... 459
SPORT Mode.................................... 391 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Control Box ..................................... 465
Deceleration Paddle Selector ............ 392 Required Federal Explanation ......... 431 High Voltage Battery........................ 470
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System...... 395 LaneWatchTM ................................... 433 Using a Timer .................................. 471
Front Sensor Camera ....................... 396 Braking .............................................. 435 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Parking Your Vehicle Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing
System ........................................398 When Stopped................................. 451 CO2 Emissions................................ 473

371
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 372 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.

■ Exterior Checks 1Exterior Checks

NOTICE
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. further freezing.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components. Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
freezes in the hole.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition. Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear. flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 503 fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended
Driving

• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
u There are blind spots from the inside. collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
• Disconnect the charging cable.
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.

372
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 373 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

■ Interior Checks 1Interior Checks

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
• Store or secure all items on board properly. need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. at an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 375 or by a qualified technician.
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.

Driving
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 146
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints Positions P. 178
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 173
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 172

Continued 373
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 374 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 50
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer check the
vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 86
Driving

374
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 375 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Maximum Load Limit

The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). 1Maximum Load Limit
See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s
doorjamb. 3 WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
Label Example can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer. occupants, all accessories and all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 570

Driving
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit - Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your 2 Specifications P. 570
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals
1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Continued 375
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 376 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being 1Maximum Load Limit
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the Towing a Trailer:
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4. See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your
vehicle is designed to tow a trailer.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
2 Towing a Trailer P. 377
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.

In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,

accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Driving

Example1

Max Load Passenger Weight Cargo Weight

850 lbs 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs 550 lbs
(385 kg) (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg) (249 kg)

Example2

Max Load Passenger Weight Cargo Weight

850 lbs 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs 100 lbs
(385 kg) (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg) (45 kg)

376
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 377 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Towing a Trailer

Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.

Towing Your Vehicle

Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 565

Driving
377
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 378 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

When Driving
Turning on the Power
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 1When Driving
When you set the power mode to ON, you may feel
as if the brake pedal is sinking down. This is normal.

1Turning on the Power

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the power system.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
2. Depress the brake pedal.
meters).

When turning on the power system in cold weather,

turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights,
climate control system, and rear defogger in order to
reduce 12-volt battery drain.
Driving

U.S. models
Brake Pedal If the temperature of the High Voltage battery drops
below approximately –22°F (–30°C), the power
system will not start, the High Voltage battery will not
operate and, as a result, the vehicle will not start.
Store the vehicle in a garage or take another measure
to insure that temperature of the High Voltage
battery does not fall below this temperature. If
necessary, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
In Hybrid dealer.

378
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 379 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

3. Without depressing the accelerator pedal, 1Turning on the Power

press the POWER button while depressing Canadian models
the brake pedal. If the temperature of the High Voltage battery drops
4. Check the READY indicator. to approximately –22°F (–30°C) or below, the power
u Keep depressing the brake pedal until system will not start. Wait for the High Voltage
battery to warm up or move the vehicle to a warmer
the READY indicator comes on.
location. Note plugging the vehicle in will not help in
u The READY indicator comes on when
this case.
the power system is on and you can start Store the vehicle in a garage or take another measure
driving. to insure that temperature of the High Voltage
u If the outside temperature is extremely battery does not fall below this temperature. If
low, you cannot drive until conditions are necessary, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
improved. In this case, the READY In Hybrid dealer.
indicator does not come on and a
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
warning message appears on the driver smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
information interface. checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Driving
2 Driver Information Interface Hybrid dealer. There may be a problem with the
Warning and Information Messages engine or exhaust system.
P. 103
u If the High Voltage battery is fully
charged, the gasoline engine may not
start.
u If the High Voltage battery charge level is
low, the gasoline engine starts.

Continued 379
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 380 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

■ Stopping the Power System 1Turning on the Power

Bring the smart entry remote close to the POWER
You can turn the power system off when the vehicle is completely stopped. button if the battery in the smart entry remote is
1. Put the transmission into (P . weak.
2. Press the POWER button. 2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 541

The power system may not activate if the smart entry

remote is subjected to strong radio waves.

Do not hold the POWER button to start the power

system.
If the power system does not start, wait at least 30
seconds before trying again.

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from

theft.
Driving

If an improperly coded device is used, the power

system does not activate.
2 Immobilizer System P. 153

380
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 381 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

■ Starting to Drive 1Starting to Drive

You can also release the parking brake by pressing
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, check that the READY indicator is on, the electric parking brake switch while depressing the
then put the transmission into (D . Select (R when reversing. brake pedal.
2. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle
accelerator pedal. more smoothly by manually releasing it with the
u Make sure the parking brake and brake system indicator (red) goes off. electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with
2 Parking Brake P. 435 the accelerator pedal.

■ Hill Start Assist System 1Hill Start Assist System

Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator. rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
will not operate on small inclines.
Change to (D when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the
brake pedal. Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.

Driving
381
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 382 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

Precautions While Driving

■ In Rain 1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the power
Do not select a shift button while pressing the
system or driveline, or cause electrical component failure. accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.

NOTICE
The following can damage the rear frames and rear
suspensions. Be careful when driving.
• Backing up the vehicle into a space with a parking
block or road shoulder
• Driving up or down to a different surface level
(such as a road shoulder)
• Driving on a road with potholes

NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
Driving

extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in

the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.

If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while

driving, the power system will shut down and all
steering and brake power assist functions will stop,
making it difficult to control the vehicle.

382
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 383 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguTransmission

■ Other Precautions 1Precautions While Driving

Do not press the (N button, as you will lose
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. regenerative braking (and acceleration) performance.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks, and contact an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer. During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as to not damage the engine or powertrain.
Transmission
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
■ Creeping You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
As with a conventional gasoline-powered vehicle with an automatic transmission,
this vehicle will creep.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

■ Kickdown

Driving
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the vehicle
to react similar to an automatic transmission vehicle, unexpectedly increasing vehicle
speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and
curves.

383
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 384 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Shifting
Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs. 1Shifting

■ Shift button positions 3 WARNING

The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
Park without confirming that Park is engaged.
Used when parking or before turning the
power on or off A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Reverse
Used when reversing Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
Neutral until you have confirmed that (P is shown
Transmission is not locked on the gear position indicator.

Drive To prevent malfunction and unintended

Used for: engagement:
Normal driving • Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.
Driving

● The deceleration paddle selector can be • Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
used temporarily. buttons.
The deceleration paddle selector can be • Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
used when SPORT mode is on. buttons.

You may occasionally find that it takes longer than

usual for the vehicle to start moving when you select
(R , release the brake pedal, and/or depress the
accelerator pedal. This may occur when the High
Voltage battery level is extremely low, and does not
indicate a vehicle malfunction.

384
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 385 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ (P (parking) button 1Shifting

The gear position changes to (P when you The beeper sounds and the message appears on the
(P Button press the (P button while the vehicle is driver information interface when you depress the
parked with the power mode in ON. accelerator pedal with the gear position in (N .
The indicators on the sides of the (P button 2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 103
come on.
Change the gear position to (D or (R with the brake
pedal depressed.

Driving
Continued 385
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 386 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ Shift Operation 1Shift Operation

NOTICE
SPORT Mode Indicator When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to
a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift button before the vehicle has
Deceleration Paddle come to a complete standstill can damage the
Selector Indicator transmission.
Gear Position Indicator
Use the gear position indicator and the shift button
READY Indicator indicator to check the gear position before and after
selecting a shift button.

If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,

or all the gear position indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
Driving

Press the (P button.

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Hybrid dealer as soon as possible.
Press back the (R button.
The beeper sounds once when you change to (R .
Press the (N button. 2 Customized Features P. 306

Press the (D button.

Shift Button
Indicator

386
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 387 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ When opening the driver’s door 1When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position While the system is designed to automatically change
automatically changes to (P . the gear position to (P under the described
• The vehicle is in stationary with the power mode in ON, or moving at 1 mph (2 conditions, in the interest of safety you should always
km/h) or slower. select (P before opening the driver's door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
• The transmission is in other than (P .
2 When Stopped P. 451
• You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position
depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release has automatically changed to (P under the described
the brake pedal. conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,
depress the brake pedal, then change the gear
■ When turning off the power mode position.
If you turn the power system off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the power system
is in other than (P , the gear position automatically changes to (P . and lock the doors.

Driving
Continued 387
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 388 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] 1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash
With the power system on: mode]
1. Depress the brake pedal. To keep the vehicle in (N position, you can also
2. Make sure the READY indicator is on. follow this procedure:
3. Press (N . Within six seconds press and hold (N for two seconds. While the power system is on, select (N , and then
u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle within five seconds, press the POWER button.
Note that the transmission may not stay in (N
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an
position while any of the following indicators is on:
attendant do not remain in the vehicle. • POWER SYSTEM indicator
• Transmission system indicator
• 12-volt battery charging system indicator
Driving

If you want to cancel car wash mode, select a position other than (N .

If you want to reduced energy consumption in car wash mode:

Press the POWER button during car wash mode.
u Make sure the READY indicator is off.
u The gear position remains in (N with the power mode in ACCESSORY for 15
minutes, then, it automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to
OFF.
Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on
and the power mode changes to OFF. You must always shift to (P when car wash
mode is no longer needed.

388
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 389 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ Restriction on selecting a gear position

You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.
When the 1. Under the circumstances 3. The gear position How to change the
2. You cannot select:
transmission is in: of that: remains in/changes to: gear position

The brake pedal is not

depressed.
(P (P
The accelerator pedal is
depressed.
Release the accelerator
The vehicle is moving at low Other gear position pedal and depress the
speed without the brake pedal brake pedal.
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed with the accelerator

Driving
pedal depressed. (N

(N or (D The vehicle is moving forward. (R

Park your vehicle in a
(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D
safe place.
(R , (N , or (D The vehicle is moving. (P

A gear position other than (P Make sure that the

(P or (N The READY indicator is not on. or (N (P or (N READY indicator
comes on.

389
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 390 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguECON Mode

ECON Mode
1ECON Mode
While in the ECON mode, the climate control system
has greater temperature fluctuations.

When the ECON mode is active, the driver’s side seat

heater functions according to the status of the
climate control system. If you want to use only the
climate control system, press the seat heater button
to OFF.

If you select ECON mode, the threshold for the

engine to provide additional power is higher than it is
when the vehicle is in either of the other two drive
modes. Note that if the accelerator pedal is depressed
past the point at which you feel a click, the engine
will start in the ECON mode.
Driving

The ECON button turns the ECON mode on and off.

The ECON mode helps you improve your energy economy by adjusting the
performance of the climate control system and the accelerator pedal response.

390
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 391 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguSPORT Mode

SPORT Mode
1SPORT Mode
Depending on the driving conditions, the engine may
start if you depress the accelerator pedal past the
point at which you feel a click. In SPORT mode,
however, the engine will start before this point.

SPORT Mode
Indicator

SPORT Button

Driving
To turn the SPORT mode on and off, press the SPORT button.

The SPORT mode delivers crisp agility and responsiveness.

This mode is suitable for driving on hills or through curves on mountain roads.

The SPORT mode is turned off every time you start the power system, even if you
turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

391
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 392 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguDeceleration Paddle Selector

Deceleration Paddle Selector

When you release the accelerator pedal, you can control the rate of deceleration 1Deceleration Paddle Selector
without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. Using the deceleration
paddle selector situated on the steering wheel, you can sequentially shift through 3 CAUTION
four stages of deceleration. Rapidly increasing the deceleration rate by
When descending a hill, you can use the deceleration paddle selector to help quickly shifting the deceleration paddle
maintain the rate of deceleration, thereby allowing you to keep a safe distance can cause the tires to skid, resulting in a
between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead as well as utilize engine braking. crash that could injure or kill someone.
The default deceleration stage is . Each
Decrease Always maintain a reasonable rate of
paddle selector operation makes a single
stage deceleration change. deceleration.
u The deceleration stage may not change if
Deceleration
you keep the paddle selector pulled If you are descending a hill when you select stage ,
Stage
back. the vehicle may enter stage .

If you pull back right and left paddle selector at the

Increase same time, the deceleration stage may not change.
Driving

To select the different stages of deceleration:

• Pull back the (+ selector (right side) to decrease the deceleration stage.
• Pull back the (- selector (left side) to increase the deceleration stage.
Pull the (+ selector for a few seconds when you want to cancel the deceleration
paddle selector.

392
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 393 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguDeceleration Paddle Selector

When to use 1Deceleration Paddle Selector

In the following situations, the stage may not change
Gear position is in (D and the stage icon will blink even if you pull back the
selector. The deceleration stage may decrease or
When SPORT mode is OFF, Deceleration Stage When SPORT mode is ON, cancel automatically:
the deceleration stage the deceleration stage • The high voltage battery is fully charged or its
appears. and M appear.
temperature is too cold or too hot.
• The speed of the vehicle is beyond the deceleration
range with SPORT mode off.
• Hybrid system protection is needed.
• The paddle selector is operated while your vehicle is
stopped automatically by ACC with Low Speed
Follow.

If either paddle selector is operated, ACC with Low

Speed Follow will cancel automatically.

Driving
Paddle Selector

Increase the deceleration Decrease the deceleration

stage when pulling the (- stage when pulling the (+
paddle selector (left side) paddle selector (right side)

Continued 393
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 394 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguDeceleration Paddle Selector

■ When SPORT mode is OFF

If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change temporarily,
and the stage will appear in the driver information interface.
When you want to cancel the deceleration paddle selector, pull the (+ selector
(right side) for a few seconds.
The deceleration paddle selector will cancel automatically and deceleration stage in
the driver information interface disappear when you drive with constant speed,
situations of acceleration and decelerate just before stopping your vehicle.

■ When SPORT mode is ON

If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change and the
stage along with M will appear in the driver information interface. The deceleration
stage is not cancel automatically while SPORT mode is ON.
When you want to cancel the deceleration paddle selector, turn the SPORT mode
OFF, or pull the (+ selector (right side) for a few seconds. When canceled,
Driving

deceleration stage in the driver information interface disappear.

394
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 395 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAcoustic Vehicle Alerting System

Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System

Alerts pedestrians when the vehicle transmission is in a position other than (P and
is traveling at speeds of 22 mph (36 km/h) or less.

Driving
395
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 396 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera

Front Sensor Camera

The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with Low Speed Follow, and 1Front Sensor Camera
CMBSTM, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
its functions. windshield, hood, or front grille that could obstruct
the camera’s field of vision and cause the system to

■ Camera Location and Handling Tips

operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
Front Sensor This camera is located behind the rearview within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
Camera mirror. system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
area or face the front of the vehicle away from After replacing the windshield, have an authorized
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer recalibrate the
not allow it to cover the camera housing. camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary
for the system to operate properly.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
Driving

it. Do not place an object on the top of the instrument

panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.

396
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 397 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera

1Front Sensor Camera

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot

Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a

Driving
while, have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

397
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 398 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle 1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway Important Safety Reminder
altogether. Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
■ How the System Works Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
The front camera behind the rearview mirror vehicle within your driving lane.
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected lane markings without a turn signal detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
activated, the system, in addition to a visual system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
alert, applies steering torque and alerts you
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to always your responsibility to safely operate the
help you remain within the detected lane. vehicle and avoid collisions.
2 Customized Features P. 306
You can read about handling information for the
Driving

As a visual alert, the Lane Departure camera equipped with this system.
message appears on the driver information 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396
interface.
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
If the system determines that its steering input
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 400
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking. There are times when you may not notice RDM
u Braking is applied only when the lane functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
markings are solid continuous lines. road surface conditions.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.

If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.

398
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 399 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

■ How the System Activates 1How the System Activates

If LKAS is off and you have selected Narrow from the
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the customized options using the audio/information
following conditions are met: screen, the message below will appear in case the
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). system determines a possibility of your vehicle
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. crossing over detected lane markings.
• The turn signals are off. 2 Customized Features P. 306
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being
turned.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.

Driving
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 86

RDM system function can be impacted when the

vehicle is:
• Not driven within a traffic lane.
• Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
• Driven in a narrow lane.

Continued 399
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 400 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

■ RDM On and Off 1RDM On and Off

When you have selected Warning Only from the
Press the RDM button to turn the system on customized options using the audio/information
and off. screen, the system does not operate the steering
u The indicator in the button comes on and wheel and braking.
the message appears on the driver 2 Customized Features P. 306
Indicator information interface when the system is
on.
RDM Button

■ RDM Conditions and Limitations

The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
Driving

■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.

400
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 401 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.

Driving
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.

401
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 402 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate
3 WARNING
and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the Improper use of ACC with Low Speed
accelerator. Follow can lead to a crash.
When ACC with Low Speed Follow slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your
Use ACC with Low Speed Follow only when
vehicle's brake lights will illuminate.
driving on expressways or freeways and in
When to use good weather conditions.

The camera is
located behind 3 WARNING
the rearview
mirror. ACC with Low Speed Follow has limited
braking capability and may not stop your
vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a
vehicle that quickly stops in front of you.
Driving

The radar sensor is

behind the emblem. Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal if the conditions require.

Important Reminder
■ Vehicle speed for ACC with Low Speed Follow: A vehicle is detected ahead As with any system, there are limits to ACC with Low
within ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with Low Speed Follow Speed Follow. Use the brake pedal whenever
operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h). necessary, and always keep a safe interval between
No vehicle is detected within ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with Low your vehicle and other vehicles.
Speed Follow operates at the speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
■ Gear position for ACC with Low Speed Follow: In (D . Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor
cover.

402
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 403 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ How to activate the system 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
How to use When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with
ACC (green) is on in the Low Speed Follow and the Lane Keeping Assist
instrument panel. System (LKAS) are either turned on or off.
ACC with Low Speed
Follow is ready to use. ACC with Low Speed Follow may not work properly
under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions
■ Press the MAIN button
and Limitations P. 409
on the steering wheel.
When not using ACC with Low Speed Follow: Turn
off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This
also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS).

Do not use ACC with Low Speed Follow under the

following conditions:

Driving
• On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
• On roads with sharp turns.
• On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC with Low Speed Follow will not apply
the brakes to maintain the set speed.
• On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.

Continued 403
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 404 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ To Set the Vehicle Speed

−/SET Button

On when ACC with

Low Speed Follow Press and release
begins

When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the
pedal and press the −/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment
you release the button, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with Low Speed Follow
Driving

begins.
When driving slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving
and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the button fixes the set speed to
about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If your vehicle is
stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.

404
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 405 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

Set Vehicle Interval When ACC with Low Speed Follow starts
operating, the vehicle icon, interval bars and
set speed appear on the driver information
interface.

When you use ACC with Low Speed Follow,

Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric
Set Vehicle Speed Power Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to
automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for
you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.

Driving
Continued 405
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 406 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ When in Operation 1When in Operation

If the vehicle ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if
■ There is a vehicle ahead another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you,
ACC with Low Speed Follow monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with the beeper sounds, a message appears on the driver
Low Speed Follow range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with Low Speed information interface.
Follow system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
interval from the vehicle ahead.
vehicle’s set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-Interval P. 412
Beep

ACC with Low Speed Follow Range: 394 ft. (120 m)

Driving

When a vehicle whose speed is slower than Even if the interval between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with Low Speed
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
Follow may start accelerating your vehicle under the
vehicle starts to slow down. following circumstances:
• The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
• A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval
A vehicle icon appears on the between the vehicles.
driver information interface
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle
detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the
ACC with Low Speed Follow detecting range.
Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
setting.
2 Customized Features P. 306
406
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 407 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ There is no vehicle ahead 1When in Operation

Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or 3 WARNING
accelerator pedal. Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
If there previously was a vehicle detected while the ACC with Low Speed Follow
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at system is operating can result in the vehicle
the set speed, ACC with Low Speed Follow moving without operator control.
A vehicle icon with dotted-line accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and
contour appears on the driver then maintains it. A vehicle that moves without operator
information interface control can cause a crash, resulting in
serious injury or death.
■ When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with Low Speed Follow range. stopped by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
ACC with Low Speed Follow stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the
accelerator pedal, the system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the Limitations

Driving
following-interval while a vehicle ahead is within the ACC with Low Speed Follow You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
interval when using ACC with Low Speed Follow.
range.
Additionally, ACC with Low Speed Follow may not
work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions
and Limitations P. 409

1When you depress the accelerator pedal

While the accelerator pedal is depressed, the system
does not apply the brakes to keep the following
interval, as well as the BRAKE message on the driver
information interface does not appear.

Continued 407
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 408 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow range and
slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The
Stopped message appears on the driver
information interface.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,
the vehicle icon on the driver information
interface blinks. If you press the RES/+ or
−/SET button, or depress the accelerator
pedal, ACC with Low Speed Follow operates
again within the prior set speed.
Driving

408
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 409 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations 1ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
The radar sensor for ACC with Low Speed Follow is
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under shared with the collision mitigation braking systemTM
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other (CMBSTM).
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions. 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396 (CMBSTM) P. 443

■ Environmental conditions You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396

■ Roadway conditions Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected
lights, road spray, high contrast). Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
■ Vehicle conditions mild detergent.

• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.

Driving
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction, replace the radar sensor cover.
improperly inflated tire, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high. If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
• The parking brake is applied. removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
• When the front grille is dirty. impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN
button and take your vehicle to an authorized Honda
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
• When tire chains are installed.
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer if you find any unusual
behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message
appears too frequently).

Continued 409
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 410 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ Detection limitations 1ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
• A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you. If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
• The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short. following situations, the radar sensor may not work
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. properly. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer:
speed. • The vehicle impacted a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
• You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
vehicle. • Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
Driving

• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.

• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.

410
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 411 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed 1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or −/SET button on the than your increased set speed, ACC with Low Speed
steering wheel. Follow may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to
maintain the set interval between your vehicle and
To increase speed the vehicle ahead.

You can switch the displayed set speed

measurements on the driver information interface
between mph and km/h.
2 Gauges P. 121

To decrease speed

• Each time you press the RES/+ or −/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or

Driving
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you press and hold the RES/+ or −/SET button, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.

Continued 411
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 412 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ To Set or Change Following-Interval

Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC with Low Speed Follow following-
interval.
Each time you press the button, the following-
interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through extra
long, long, middle, and short following-
intervals.
Interval Button

Determine the most appropriate following-

interval setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-interval requirements set by local
regulation.
Driving

412
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 413 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.

When the Set Speed is:

Following-interval
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)

83 feet 100 feet

Short 25 meters 31 meters
1.1 sec 1.1 sec
110 feet 142 feet
Middle 33 meters 43 meters
1.5 sec 1.5 sec
154 feet 200 feet
Long 47 meters 61 meters

Driving
2.1 sec 2.1 sec

204 feet 265 feet

Extra
62 meters 81 meters
Long
2.8 sec 2.8 sec

When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has
stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with Low
Speed Follow interval setting.

Continued 413
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 414 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ To Cancel 1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
CANCEL To cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow, do any canceled ACC with Low Speed Follow, you can
Button of the following: resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed.
• Press the CANCEL button. Press the RES/+ button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u ACC with Low Speed Follow indicator The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
with Low Speed Follow has been turned off using the
goes off.
MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the
• Depress the brake pedal while the vehicle is
system, then set the desired speed.
MAIN moving forward.
Button
Driving

414
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 415 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ Automatic cancellation 1Automatic cancellation

The beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface when Even though ACC with Low Speed Follow has been
ACC with Low Speed Follow is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior
cause the ACC with Low Speed Follow to automatically cancel: set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) with Low Speed Follow to cancel improves, then
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. press the RES/+ button.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBSTM is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC with Low Speed Follow range is too
close to your vehicle.

Driving
• When a detected vehicle goes out of the ACC with Low Speed Follow range while
your vehicle is stationary.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.

The ACC with Low Speed Follow automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the
following causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.
• The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.
• The power system is turned off.

Continued 415
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 416 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

In the following cases, a buzzer sounds, ACC with Low Speed Follow is deactivated,
and the message Cruise Cancelled: Slope Too Steep. Watch Downhill Speed
appears in the driver information interface.
• While descending a long slope and the vehicle has repeatedly applied the brakes
to maintain the set speed.
Driving

416
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 417 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control 1To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
Press and hold the (interval) button for one are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
ACC with Cruise second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle
Low Speed Control ON the driver information interface for two ahead of you.
Follow ON
seconds, and then the mode switches to
Cruise. You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the driver information interface
To switch back to ACC with Low Speed
between mph and km/h.
Follow, press and hold the button again for
2 Gauges P. 121
one second. ACC Mode Selected appears on
the driver information interface for two
seconds.

■ When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.

Driving
Continued 417
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 418 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow

■ To Set the Vehicle Speed

Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the –/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
If you keep the RES/+ or –/SET button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.

When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
Steering system) is activated.
Driving

By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering

pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line. 1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
■ To Cancel After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
• Press the CANCEL button. km/h) or more.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal. You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off. • When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h).
• When the MAIN button is turned off.

At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise

control is canceled automatically.

418
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 419 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane. Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
■ Steering input assist
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left
not work if you take your hands off the steering
and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets
closer to either of the lane lines. wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
■ Tactile and visual alerts Information Messages P. 119
■ Front Sensor
Camera Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel
and a warning display alert you that Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Monitors the lane
the vehicle is drifting out of a Objects may reflect on the windshield and prevent
lines
detected lane. correct detection of the traffic lanes.

The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected

without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker

Driving
condition. It is always your responsibility to safely
operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.

The LKAS may not work properly or may work

improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 424
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
You can read about handling information for the
resumes after the signals are off.
camera equipped with this system.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396

Continued 419
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 420 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ Lane Keep Support Function 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane, when the vehicle in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become sharp curves.
stronger.
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the
system will recover automatically.

■ Lane Departure Warning Function

Driving

When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.

Warning Area

Warning Area

420
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 421 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ When the System can be Used 1When the System can be Used
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
The system can be used when the following conditions are met. due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and and have your vehicle checked by an authorized
your vehicle is in the center of the lane. Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.

■ How to activate the system

1. Press the MAIN button.
MAIN Button u The LKAS (green) is on in the driver
information interface.
The system is ready to use.

Driving
2. Press the LKAS button.
LKAS Button u Lane outlines appear on the driver
information interface.
The system is activated.

Continued 421
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 422 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the

lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.

■ To Cancel 1To Cancel

Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with Low
MAIN Button To cancel the LKAS: Speed Follow on and off.
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.

The LKAS is turned off every time you turn the

Driving

power system off, even if you turned it on the

last time you drove the vehicle.

LKAS Button

422
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 423 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ The system operation is suspended if

you:
• Set the wipers to HI.
u Set the wiper switch to other than HI
resumes the LKAS.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
When the LKAS is suspended, u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
the lane lines on the driver mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
information interface change to
contour lines, and the beeper LKAS.
sounds (if activated). • Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.

■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:

Driving
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• Driving through a sharp curve.
• Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.

Continued 423
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 424 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:

• The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• The ABS or VSA® systems engage.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.

■ LKAS Conditions and Limitations

The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:

■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
Driving

• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).

• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.

424
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 425 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.

Driving
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

425
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 426 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®), aka Electronic

Stability Control (ESC), System 1Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
It does so by regulating engine and motor output and selectively applying the
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
brakes.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
■ VSA® Operation on while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the driving, have your vehicle checked by an authorized
engine and motor do not respond to the Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.
accelerator. You may also notice some noise
from the hydraulic system. You will also see The indicators for the Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®)
the indicator blink. System, Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®) OFF, low tire
Pressure/TPMS and Collision Mitigation Braking
SystemTM (CMBSTM) may come on along with a
message in the driver information interface after
Driving

VSA® System reconnecting the 12-volt battery. Drive a short

Indicator
distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The
indicator should go off. If it does not, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
In Hybrid dealer.

VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations

and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.

The main function of the VSA® system is generally

known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.

426
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 427 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

■ VSA® On and Off 1Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
VSA® OFF Indicator This button is on the driver side control panel.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
To partially disable VSA® functionality/ stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
features, press and hold it until you hear a to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
beep.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
Your vehicle will have normal braking and function becomes less effective. This allows for the
cornering ability, but traction control function wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
will be less effective.
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.

To restore VSA® functionality/features, press Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
beep. your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.

You may hear a motor sound coming from the

VSA® is turned on every time you turn the

Driving
engine compartment while system checks are being
power system on, even if you turned it off the
performed immediately after turning the power
last time you drove the vehicle. system on or while driving. This is normal.

427
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 428 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist

Agile Handling Assist

Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the 1Agile Handling Assist
steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
cornering. all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays

on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.

You may hear a sound coming from the engine

compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
Driving

428
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 429 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle 1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each The system does not monitor the tires when driving
wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are at low speed.
significantly under-inflated.
This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
Indicator indicator to come on and a message to appear trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
on the driver information interface.
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.

The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and

■ TPMS Calibration size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and

Driving
type of tire.
You must start TPMS calibration every time you: 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 503
• Adjust the pressure in one or more tires.
• Rotate the tires. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
with a delay or may not come on at all when:
• Replace one or more tires. • You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
Before calibrating the TPMS: • You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
• Set the cold tire pressure in all four tires. • Tire chains are used.
2 Checking Tires P. 503
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
under the following conditions:
Make sure: • There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires than
• The vehicle is at a complete stop. the condition at calibration.
• The gear position is in (P . • Tire chains are used.
• The power mode is in ON.
Continued 429
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 430 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

You can calibrate the system from the 1TPMS Calibration

customized feature on the audio/information • The calibration process requires approximately 30
screen. minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
1. Set the power mode to ON. 30-65 mph (48-105 km/h).
2. Select . • During this period, if the power system is turned on
and the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds, you
3. Select Settings.
may notice the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
4. Select Vehicle.
comes on briefly. This is normal and indicates that
5. Select TPMS Calibration. the calibration process is not yet complete.
6. Select Cancel or Calibrate.
u When the calibration is complete, the If tire chains are installed, remove them before
display returns to the customization calibrating the TPMS.
menu screen.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even
when the properly inflated specified regular tires are
• If the Calibration Failed To Start. installed, have your vehicle checked by an authorized
message appears, repeat steps 4-6. Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
Driving

• The calibration process finishes

automatically. We recommend that the tires be replaced with the
same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for
details.

The indicators for the Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®)

System, Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®) OFF, low tire
Pressure/TPMS and Collision Mitigation Braking
SystemTM (CMBSTM) may come on along with a
message in the driver information interface after
reconnecting the 12-volt battery. Drive a short
distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The
indicator should go off. If it does not, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
In Hybrid dealer.

430
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 431 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required

Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.

(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with

a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale

Driving
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you

should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.

Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to

overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.

Continued 431
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 432 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction

indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may

not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
Driving

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including

the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or

more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.

432
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 433 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM

LaneWatchTM
LaneWatch is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear 1LaneWatchTM
areas displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to
the passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these 3 WARNING
areas and allows you to check for vehicles, in addition to your visual check and use Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
of the passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience change lanes before doing so may result in
while driving. a crash and serious injury or death.

Do not rely only on LaneWatch while

1 The system activates when you: 2
driving.
The passenger side view
Move the turn signal Press the LaneWatch display appears on the
audio/information screen. Always look in your mirrors, to either side
lever to the passenger button.
side. of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.

Important Safety Reminder

Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has

Driving
limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in
The system deactivates when you press a collision.
the LaneWatch button again.
The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,
lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),
ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.
Camera
The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display
of traffic to the side and rear under the following
conditions:
• Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,
Audio/Information Screen changing the height of the vehicle.
• Your tires are over or under inflated.
• Your tires or wheels are of varied size or
construction.

Continued 433
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 434 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM

■ Customizing the LaneWatch settings 1LaneWatchTM

You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen. The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique
• Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when lens makes objects on the screen slightly look
you operate the turn signal lever. different from what they are.
• Display Time after Turn Signal Off: Changes the length of time the LaneWatch LaneWatch display does not come on when the gear
display stays on after you pull the turn signal lever back. position is in (R .
• Reference Line: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch
monitor. For proper LaneWatch operation:
• Display: Allows for display adjustments of items, such as brightness, contrast and • The camera is located in the passenger side door
mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera
black level. This setting is part of the System setup group. lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,
2 Customized Features P. 306 moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
• Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers
of any kind.
• Do not touch the camera lens.

■ Reference Lines 1Reference Lines

Three lines that appear on the screen can give
Driving

The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close to

an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually confirm
the screen are from your vehicle, respectively. the safety of a lane change before changing lanes.
If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates
3 The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and
2 that it is close to your vehicle whereas an 3 on the screen vary depending on road conditions
1 object near line 3 is farther away. and vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines
on the screen may seem to appear closer than the
actual distances when the rear of your vehicle is more
heavily loaded.

Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer if:
• The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is
severely impacted, resulting in changing the
camera angle.
• The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.
434
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 435 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Braking
Brake System
■ Parking Brake 1Brake System
When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the whirring sound from the engine compartment. This is
parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it. because the brake system is in operation, and it is
■ To apply normal.
The electric parking brake can be applied any
time the vehicle has battery, no matter which 1Parking Brake
position the power mode is in. You may hear the electric parking brake system
motor operating from the rear wheel area when you
Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.
and securely.
Electric Parking The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric
u The parking brake and brake system
Brake Switch parking brake system operation when you apply or
indicator (red) comes on. release the parking brake. This is normal.
■ To release
The power mode must be in ON in order to You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the
release the electric parking brake. 12-volt battery goes dead.

Driving
1. Depress the brake pedal. 2 Jump Starting P. 543
2. Press the electric parking brake switch.
If you pull up and hold the electric parking brake
u The parking brake and brake system switch while driving, the brakes on all four
indicator (red) goes off. wheels are applied by the electric servo brake
Electric Parking system until the vehicle comes to a stop. The
Brake Switch electric parking brake then applies, and the
Manually releasing the parking brake using
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and switch should be released.
smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills.

Continued 435
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 436 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ To release automatically 1Parking Brake

Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake. In the following situations, the parking brake
Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle automatically operates.
facing uphill, or in a traffic jam. • When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with Low Speed Follow is activated.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
When on a hill, it may require more
your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with
accelerator input to release. Low Speed Follow.
u The parking brake and brake system • When the power system is turned off while ACC
indicator (red) goes off. with Low Speed Follow is activated.
• When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake
hold activated for more than 10 minutes.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
Accelerator Pedal your vehicle is stopped and automatic brake hold is
applied.
• When the power system is turned off while
You can release the parking brake automatically when: automatic brake hold is applied.
Driving

• You are wearing the driver’s seat belt. • When there is a problem with the Automatic Brake
• The power system is on. Hold System while automatic brake hold is applied.
• The transmission is not in (P or (N .
If the parking brake cannot be released
automatically, release it manually.

When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator

pedal may need to be pressed farther to
automatically release the electric parking brake.

436
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 437 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ Foot Brake 1Parking Brake

The parking brake may not be released automatically
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system
while the following indicators are on:
increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an • POWER SYSTEM indicator
emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering • Transmission system indicator
control when braking very hard. • Parking brake and brake system indicator (amber)
2 Brake Assist System P. 442 • VSA® system indicator
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 441 • ABS indicator
• Supplemental restraint system indicator

1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.

If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when

Driving
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
In Hybrid dealer. If you hear only an occasional
squeak or squeal when you initially apply the brake
pedal, this may be normal and caused by high
frequency vibration of the brake pads against the
rotating brake disc.

Continued 437
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 438 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguBrake System

1Foot Brake
Applying constant pressure to the brakes while going
down a long hill can cause the brakes to heat up,
resulting in a loss of stopping power. Therefore,
when descending a long hill, release the accelerator
pedal and allow regenerative braking to slow the
vehicle down. To adjust the rate of deceleration, use
the deceleration paddle selector.
When the high voltage battery has fully recharged,
regenerative braking may not be possible.
2 POWER/CHARGE Gauge P. 122
2 High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
P. 123
2 Deceleration Paddle Selector P. 392

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while

driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
Driving

them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad

life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

438
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 439 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ Automatic Brake Hold 1Automatic Brake Hold

Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is 3 WARNING
pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at
Activating the automatic brake hold system
traffic lights and in heavy traffic. on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
■ Turning on the system ■ Activating the system ■ Canceling the system your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
Comes On On
On cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
Comes Goes death.
On Off
U.S. Never activate the automatic brake hold
Automatic Brake Brake Pedal Comes Accelerator Pedal system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
Hold Button On
Canada moving when stopped on a steep hill or
slippery roads.
Fasten your seat belt Depress the brake pedal Depress the accelerator
properly, then start the to come to a complete pedal while the

Driving
power system. Press the stop. The transmission transmission is in (D . 3 WARNING
automatic brake hold must be in (D or (N . The system is canceled
button. ● The automatic brake and the vehicle starts to
Using the automatic brake hold system to
● The automatic brake move. park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
hold indicator comes unexpectedly moving.
● The automatic brake
hold system indicator on. Braking is kept for
comes on. The system up to 10 minutes. hold indicator goes If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
is turned on. ● Release the brake off. The system cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
pedal after the continues to be on. death.
automatic brake hold
indicator comes on. Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in (P and applying the parking
brake.

Continued 439
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 440 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ The system automatically cancels when: 1Automatic Brake Hold

• You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R . While the system is activated, you can turn off the
• You engage the parking brake. power system or park the vehicle through the same
procedure as you normally do.
■ The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when: 2 When Stopped P. 451
• Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
the automatic brake hold turns off once the power
• The power system is turned off. system is off.
• Brake Hold System Problem appears on the driver information interface.

■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system 1Turning off the automatic brake hold system
While the system is on, press the automatic Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold
brake hold button again. system before using an automated car wash.
Goes u The automatic brake hold system
Off indicator goes off. You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves
while the automatic brake hold system is in
Driving

operation.
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold
Automatic Brake while the system is in operation, press the
Hold Button automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.

440
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 441 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

■ ABS 1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you. the wrong size or type.

The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading. may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking will not be affected, there is a
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always possibility that the ABS will not be operating. Have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.
“stomp and steer.”
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
■ ABS operation the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is
You may hear an operating noise when the ABS is working. Depress the brake pedal designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
and keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press skidding and loss of steering control.
on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the

Driving
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice. distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:
• You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on: such as gravel or snow.
• Wet or snow covered roads. • The tires are equipped with tire chains.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc. The following may be observed with the ABS system:
• Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops. when system checks are being performed after the
power system has been turned on and while the
vehicle accelerates.
• Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.
441
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 442 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System

Brake Assist System

Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

■ Brake assist system operation

Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
Driving

442
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 443 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a Important Safety Reminder
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable. unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision
nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
■ How the system works
wheel appropriately according to the driving
When to use conditions.

The camera is The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a
located behind vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
the rearview conditions:
mirror. 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 447

You can read about handling information for the

camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396
The radar sensor is

Driving
behind the emblem. Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor
cover.

The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 1How the system works
mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you. Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you
when the your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62
The CMBSTM activates when: mph (30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle
● The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected detected in front of you.
in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a
collision. When the CMBSTM activates, it may automatically
● Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. stops or a potential collision is not determined.

Continued 443
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 444 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ When the system activates 1When the system activates

The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect
The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision, and pedestrians.
stops if the collision is avoided. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
lanes, etc.) your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
Visual Alerts limitations from the list.
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 447

Beep

Audible Alert Tactile Alert

Driving

At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through audio/
information screen setting options.
2 Customized Features P. 306

■ Vibration alert on the steering wheel 1Vibration alert on the steering wheel
When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric
system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on.
audible alerts. 2 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the Indicator P. 94
steering wheel, etc.).

444
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 445 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ Collision Alert Stages

The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.

CMBSTM
Distance between vehicles The sensor detects a
Audible & Visual WARNINGS Steering Wheel Braking
vehicle

When in Long, visual and

Normal audible alerts come on at a In case of an
Long Short
Vehicle There is a risk of a
Stage Ahead longer distance from a vehicle oncoming vehicle
collision with the —
one ahead than in Normal setting, detected, rapid
vehicle ahead of you.
Your Vehicle
and in Short, at a shorter vibration is provided.
distance than in Normal.

Driving
Your Vehicle The risk of a collision
Stage Vehicle Ahead Lightly
has increased, time to
two applied
respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts. —
The CMBSTM
Your Vehicle
Stage Vehicle Ahead determines that a Forcefully
three collision is applied
unavoidable.

Continued 445
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 446 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ CMBSTM On and Off 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the
Press and hold the button until the beeper CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain
sounds to switch the system on or off. conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 447
When the CMBSTM is off:
• The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument The indicators for the Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®)
System, Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®) OFF, low tire
panel comes on.
Pressure/TPMS and Collision Mitigation Braking
• A message on the driver information SystemTM (CMBSTM) may come on along with a
interface reminds you that the system is off. message in the driver information interface after
reconnecting the 12-volt battery. Drive a short
The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The
the power system, even if you turned it off the indicator should go off. If it does not, have your
last time you drove the vehicle. vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
In Hybrid dealer.
Driving

446
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 447 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations

The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396

■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.

Driving
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

Continued 447
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 448 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated tire, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.

■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
Driving

• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.

448
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 449 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only

• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).

■ Automatic shutoff

Driving
The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator comes and
stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused the CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed
(e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.

Continued 449
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 450 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ With Little Chance of a Collision 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

For the CMBSTM to work properly:
The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are: Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

■ When Passing Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for

Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass. cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
■ At an intersection Do not apply any coverings or paint to the radar
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn. sensor area. Do not put a sticker on the emblem or
replace the emblem.
■ On a curve These can impact CMBSTM operation.
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you. If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
■ Through a low bridge at high speed
Driving

CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to an

You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed. authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer if you find any unusual
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message
appears too frequently).
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer:
• The vehicle impacted a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
• You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
• Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
450
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 451 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Parking Your Vehicle

When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 1Parking Your Vehicle
2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully. 3 WARNING
3. Change the gear position to (P . The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
4. Turn off the power system. without confirming that Park is engaged.
u The parking brake and brake system indicator (red) goes off in about 15
seconds. A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal

until you have confirmed that (P is shown
on the gear position indicator.

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,

such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

Driving
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the driveline:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
• Changing to (P before the vehicle stops
completely.

Continued 451
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 452 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped

Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, in particular if you are parked on an 1When Stopped
incline. In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
Driving

452
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 453 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Multi-View Rear Camera

About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display 1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R . The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
■ Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.

Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing

Wide View Mode up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
Approx. 39 inches Guidelines not rely on the rearview display which does not give
(1 m) you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
Approx. 20 inches
(50 cm) Normal View Mode If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
Bumper

Driving
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Approx. 39 inches (1 m) Guideline settings.
Top Down View Mode
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) 2 Customized Features P. 306
Camera
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you put the
transmission into (R .
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.

Continued 453
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 454 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera

You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Touch the
appropriate icon to switch the mode.
: Wide view mode
: Normal view mode
: Top down view mode

• If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is
selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .
• If Top down view mode was last used before you turned off the power system,
Wide View mode is selected next time you turn the power on and put the
transmission into (R .
• If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change
from (R , Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into
(R .
Driving

454
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 455 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation 1Fuel Information
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
that can lead to engine damage. engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
■ Top tier detergent gasoline control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent available.
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines. affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met If this happens, contact an authorized Honda Clarity
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is Plug-In Hybrid dealer for service.
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such

Driving
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
control system. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline.
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

■ Fuel tank capacity: 7.0 US gal (26.5 liters)

455
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 456 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

How to Refuel
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station 1How to Refuel
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear. 3 WARNING
2. Put the transmission into (P . Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
3. Turn the power system off. You can be burned or seriously injured
4. Press the fuel fill door release button. when handling fuel.
u Please Wait appears for a few seconds
on the driver information interface. • Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
5. When the message changes to Ready, the and flame away.
Fuel Fill Door
Release Button fuel fill door automatically opens. • Handle fuel only outdoors.
u You can now unscrew the fuel cap and • Wipe up spills immediately.
start refueling.
6. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a This vehicle has a pressurized fuel system.
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn When the fuel vapor pressure inside the fuel tank is
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap. high, it takes about 10 seconds for the vehicle to vent
the fuel tank. Once the pressure is vented, the driver
Driving

information interface changes from Please Wait to

Ready.

If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is

not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel
Fuel Fill Cap vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult an authorized
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in

the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.

Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has

automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.

456
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 457 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

Fuel Fill Cap 7. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder. 1How to Refuel
8. Insert the fuel filler nozzle fully. If the fuel fill door does not open after you press the
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will button, even after the display changes to Ready, you
click off automatically. This leaves space can manually open the door.
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands 2 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
P. 566
with a change in the temperature.
9. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
Holder An internal valve automatically closes after 30
tightening it until you hear it click at least minutes from the moment you press the fuel fill door
once. release button. When it does, do not continue to
u Shut the fuel fill door by hand. refuel as fuel may spill out.

When the fuel fill door automatically opens, a vent

valve in the fuel system also opens to allow the air
and the vapors being displaced by the fuel to escape.
This valve automatically closes, however, if the
refueling is not completed within 30 minutes. If this

Driving
happens, reinstall the fuel cap, close the fuel fill door,
and then follow these steps again to restart the
system.

457
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 458 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Charging
Before Charging
Check the following items before you start charging your vehicle. 1Charging

■ Safety Checklist 3 WARNING

Using a 120 volt wall outlet that is rated less
• Make sure to use a dedicated and properly grounded circuit, that is rated for at
than 15 amps or one that is powering other
least 15 amps.
devices can cause a fire, seriously injuring
u Have an electrician inspect the outlet you are using to see if it meets these
you or others.
criteria.
• Make sure you plug the charging cable directly into the wall outlet dedicated to When using the 120 volt charger, use a
vehicle charging. dedicated and properly grounded circuit
u Do not use extension cords, adaptors, or multi-outlet plugs between the rated 15 amps or more. Consult an
charging cable and the outlet. electrician if you are not sure.
• Make sure the charging cable is fully uncoiled before use.
• Make sure the control box, charging connector, and charging cable are free from
any damage, including cracks or frays.
u If you find any damage to the devices, contact an authorized Honda Clarity
Driving

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

• Make sure the charging connector and inlet are clean.
u If you find any contamination or foreign object in the connector or inlet,
contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
• Make sure the charging cable is dry.
u Check that there is no water in the immediate area, and that your hands are
dry.

Note: Outlet needs to be in good shape. Worn or damaged outlet will not make
good contact with the plug. Ensure that the plug is fully inserted and does not come
out of the outlet after installation. A loose connection will cause excessive heat build
up within the plug and damage it.

458
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 459 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

Charge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2

charger 1Charging
There are two ways to charge the High Voltage battery; by using the Level 1 120 volt
(15 amp) charger supplied with the vehicle plugged into a standard three-prong wall
3 WARNING
outlet, or by using a professionally installed Level 2 240 volt (32 amp) charger. Improper usage and handling of the 120
volt charger can cause a fire, seriously
Charging with Suggested full charging time injuring you or others.
• Always insert the plug fully into a
AC 240 V
2.5 hours*1 properly rated and grounded the wall
(Level 2)
outlet.
AC 120 V • Plug the charging cable directly to the
12 hours*1
(Level 1) wall outlet. Do not use extension cords or
multi-plug adapters.
*1:Charging time varies depending on conditions, such as the remaining battery level and the ambient
temperature.
• Prevent the vehicle charging connector
The suggested full charging time in this table indicates the hours it may likely take from becoming contaminated. Clean if
for the High Voltage battery to be fully charged. necessary.

Driving
Canadian models
When the battery warming system is activated, the
battery may take longer to charge.

When the 12-volt battery is disconnected, vehicle

charging is not possible. After reconnecting the
battery, turn the power system on, then turn it off.
Confirm that charging is possible.
2 Turning on the Power P. 378
Continued 459
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 460 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

■ How to Charge (Level 1) 1Charging

1. Put the transmission into (P and set the 3 WARNING

power mode to OFF.
Charging the High Voltage battery under
the following conditions is a potential
source of electric shock and fire, which can
result in serious injury or death:
• Charging the battery during an electric
storm.
• Using the charging cable near water or
handling with wet hands.
Charge Lid
• Using a charger, whose case is broken or
Release
Button cracked or whose cable is frayed or
damaged.
2. Press and hold the lid open button on the
Never charge the vehicle in any of the
Driving

remote transmitter, or press and hold the

charge lid release button on the dashboard. above situations.
u The lid opens.
u The illumination lamp inside the charge 3 WARNING
lid comes on for a few minutes.
3. Open the trunk, and remove the bag. Using a charger that is damaged or
4. Open the bag, and take the charging cable modified can cause electrical shock and
Charging Cable Bag
out. fire, which can result in serious injury or
u Do not tie or coil the cable when in use. death.

Never disassemble or modify the charger. If

the charger becomes damaged, stop using
it and consult an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

460
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 461 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

Illumination Lamp 5. Open the vehicle’s charge lid. 1Charging

NOTICE
Do not charge the vehicle with a vehicle cover on. It
can cause a malfunction and damage the vehicle or
charging components.

The 120 volt charger requires a properly grounded

and dedicated 15 amp or greater circuit. For more
Charge Lid information consult an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
6. Insert the plug into a 120 volt wall outlet.
Plug
u Insert the plug completely until it stops. We recommend that a GFCI (ground-fault circuit
7. Check that the POWER indicator on the interrupter) protected outlet be used to charge the
control box comes on. vehicle. Follow the GFCI maker's installation
instructions, or consult an electrician if you are not
POWER Indicator sure about installation requirements.

Driving
Inspect the charging cable plug and charging
connector, as well as the vehicle’s charge inlet,
before use. If the plug or connector are dirty or
otherwise contaminated, carefully clean them with a
dry clean cloth before use. Do not wipe the metal
part of the inlet and the charging connector. Also, if
Charge Indicator 8. Remove the cover from the charging you are unable to clean the plug or connector, if the
connector. Align and insert the charging inlet is dirty, or if any are damaged or corroded, take
connector into the vehicle’s inlet until you the charging cable and vehicle to an authorized
hear a click. Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for inspection
u The charge indicator stops blinking, and and possible repair.
stays on when charging starts.

Charging Connector

Continued 461
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 462 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

■ When charging is completed 1Charging

Release Button
Press the release button on the charging Before using a vehicle charging cable, inspect the
connector to disengage it from the inlet. cable for damage such as scratches, cracks, or tears.
If you find any damage, do not use the charging
The charge indicator goes off once charging is cable; instead, take it to an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer for inspection.
completed.
If a blackout or other electrical interruption occurs
during vehicle charging, the vehicle will automatically
resume charging once power is restored.

If available, use a 240 V AC level 2 charger. Using a

level 2 charger takes less time than using a level 1
120 V AC charger.

If the ambient air is cold enough to lower the High

Voltage battery temperature below -22F° (-30°C),
Driving

charging may not start.

462
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 463 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

■ How to Charge (Level 2) 1Charge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger
The High Voltage battery may not be charged even if
1. Stop your vehicle at a station specified for the charging connector is properly connected to the
electric vehicles. Park with the charge lid vehicle’s inlet when the charging timer is set but the
closest to the charge plug, just in front of timer has not yet started.
the driver’s door.
2. Put the transmission into (P . To avoid damage to the charger, take these
precautions:
3. Turn off the power system.
• Do not hit the charging connector components
4. Press and hold the charge lid release
with a hard object or drop them on the ground.
button. • Do not pull, twist, tangle, drag or step on the
u The lid opens. charging cable.
Charge Lid The illumination lamp inside the charge lid • Do not use or store near any sources of heat.
Release comes on for a few minutes. • Do not expose to liquids or use harsh chemicals to
Button clean.

If you unplug the charging connector from the inlet,

Driving
charging cancels automatically.

The charge speed slows down towards the

completion of the battery charging. When the High
Voltage battery temperature is low, the charge speed
may slow or it may not be fully charged.

Continued 463
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 464 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

Illumination Lamp 5. Open the vehicle’s charge lid. 1How to Charge (Level 2)
The charge lid can be opened by remote transmitter.

The High Voltage battery may not be charged even if

the charge connector is properly connected to the
vehicle’s inlet when the charging timer is set but the
timer has not yet started.

Be sure to follow the instructions and safety

Charge Lid
precautions provided with the Level 2 charging
Charge Indicator 6. To connect the cable to the vehicle, push equipment.
the cable’s charging connector until it clicks
to the charge lid.
u The charge indicator on the charge lid
stays on.
Driving

Charging Connector
■ When charging is completed
Release Button
Press the release button on the charging
connector to disengage it from the inlet.

The charge indicator goes off once charging is

completed.

464
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 465 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguControl Box

Control Box

POWER Indicator

CHARGE Indicator

Error Warning
Indicator

Control Box LED Status Indicator

Driving
Vehicle Charge
(Error Explanatory notes Goes off Stays on Blinking
Status POWER CHARGE Indicator
Warning)

Initializing Initial processing

Stand by Slowly Ready and waiting for the timer

Charge Comes on during charge.

Completion Charge end

Continued 465
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 466 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguControl Box

Control Box LED Status Indicator

Vehicle Charge
(Error Explanatory notes Goes off Stays on Blinking
Status POWER CHARGE Indicator
Warning)
Plug A rise in plug temperature due to bad electrical contact between the
temperature outlet and the plug was detected.
or
rise Check the connection between the outlet and the plug.
detected ● Charging is carried out with a limited charging current.

There could be a problem with the electric supply or an internal

or or failure.
Fault Except above lighting patterns
Contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
You don’t have to charge before contacting the dealer.
Driving

466
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 467 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguControl Box

■ What to do when you cannot start charging

If charging does not start, even if the POWER indicator comes on, and the charging
connector is plugged in, perform one of the following solutions.

Cause Solution

The timer has been set, but the start time is in Start charging using the smart entry remote.
the future. Press and hold the charge lid release button on the smart entry remote.
u The charge indicator on the charge lid comes on when charging starts.
Change the customized setting of the charge timer to OFF using the driver
information interface.
u The timer setting will be canceled.
2 Using a Timer P. 471

The 12-volt battery is weak. Check the 12-volt battery condition. If necessary, charge the battery.

Driving
The power mode is ON. Set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

The charging connector is not properly Disengage the connector from the inlet.
attached to the vehicle’s inlet. Align and insert the connector into the inlet until you hear a click.

Continued 467
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 468 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguControl Box

Note: The charging equipment provided with this vehicle has been tested and found
to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC
Rules.

These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful

interference in a residential installation.

This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.

However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular

installation.

If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception,

Driving

which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which
the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

468
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 469 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguControl Box

■ Charge Indicator on the Vehicle Side

Charge Indicator Shows the High Voltage battery charging status.
If it blinks for a while, then stays on after the charge connector is plugged in, it indicates that the
battery is being charged.

Indicator status Explanation

● The charger is ready to charge the battery.
● Charging is programmed to start using the timer.
Blinks slowly u The indicator goes off after about 15 seconds.
● The power mode is set to ON while the battery is being
charged.

Stays on ● The battery is being charged.

Goes off ● Charging is complete.

Driving
Canadian models ● The battery has been fully charged and the battery
Blinks once after staying on heating system has been activated.
for a few seconds.
● When the 12-volt battery is disconnected.
u After reconnecting the battery, turn the power system
on, then turn it off.
The charging connector is replugged in. Confirm that
Blinks rapidly
charging is possible.
● There is a problem with the charging system.
u The indicator goes off after 15 seconds. Charging does
not start.

469
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 470 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguHigh Voltage Battery

High Voltage Battery

The High Voltage battery gradually discharges even if the vehicle is not in use. As a 1High Voltage Battery
result, if your vehicle is parked for an extended period of time, the battery level may The High Voltage battery drains over time, and under
get low. Keeping your vehicle’s battery level low can shorten the battery life. To some conditions, drains faster. When the battery life
maintain the battery while the vehicle is not in use, recharge the battery at least is shortened, this changes the vehicle’s driving
once every three months. distance.
The High Voltage battery life can also be affected by ambient temperature. In
Be careful not to let the High Voltage battery drain
particular, when it is cold outside, the vehicle’s driving range on electric power can too much. If the battery level becomes close to zero,
be reduced, and a longer battery charging time is required. In addition, parking in it will make it impossible to start the engine.
extremely hot or cold environments can accelerate battery drain.
To help extend the lifespan of the battery, it is recommended that you fully charge
the battery each time prior to driving.

U.S. models
Store the vehicle in a garage to insure that the temperature of the High Voltage
battery does not drop too low.
Driving

Canadian models
■ Battery Warming System 1Battery Warming System
Designed to prevent the temperature of the battery from dropping when outside If the vehicle is left unplugged in cold temperatures,
temperatures drop, thereby maintaining starting and running efficiency. the temperature of the battery will drop, possibly
resulting in a loss of running efficiency.
If the vehicle is plugged in when outside temperatures are low, the battery warming
If left for an extended period of time in extremely
system will use the power from the charging equipment to maintain the cold temperatures, the vehicle may not start. We
temperature of the battery until the next time the vehicle is driven. recommend that you plug in your vehicle when you
are parking or storing your vehicle in cold
temperatures.

470
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 471 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguUsing a Timer

Using a Timer
You can set the timer for the High Voltage battery charge using the driver 1Using a Timer
information interface’s customization feature. Canadian models
The vehicle automatically begins charging at the scheduled time when the charging When the battery warming system is activated, it may
connector is connected to the vehicle. not sufficiently charge within the charging period
that you have set.

■ Driver Information Interface 1Driver Information Interface

Timer: Select ON or OFF.
1. Press the (display/information) button Mode: When Timer is ON, select the charging
and press or until Vehicle Settings mode, Full or Time.
appears on the display, then press the Full: Charging will continue until the battery is fully
ENTER button. charged.
Time: The battery will be charged between the time
you have designated to start and end.
Start: Set the time when to start the High Voltage
battery charge.

Driving
End: Set the time when to end the High Voltage
battery charging. You cannot set this when the Full
2. Select Charge Timer Setup, then press the mode is selected.
ENTER button.

Continued 471
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 472 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCharginguUsing a Timer

3. Press the ENTER button to select the item

you want to set.
4. Press the 3 / 4 button to select when to
start and end the charging, and the
charging mode.
5. Press the ENTER button again.
Driving

472
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 473 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions

Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2
Emissions 1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several Direct calculation is the recommended method to
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the
Gallons of Miles per
Miles driven
rated fuel economy of this vehicle. fuel Gallon

Liters of Kilometers
100 L per 100 km
fuel
■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy
driven

You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
information on how this test is performed, please visit
driver information interface. http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.
2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 486
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.

Driving
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.

473
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 474 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

474
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 475 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance Engine Coolant ................................ 492 Wear Indicators ............................... 508
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 476 Cooling System................................ 494 Tire Service Life................................ 508
Safety When Performing Maintenance ..477 Transmission Fluid............................ 496 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 509
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Brake Fluid....................................... 496 Tire Rotation.................................... 510
Service ........................................... 478 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 497 Winter Tires ..................................... 511
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 479 Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 498 12-Volt Battery ................................. 512
Maintenance Under the Hood Checking and Maintaining Wiper Remote Transmitter Care
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 484 Blades .......................................... 500 Replacing the Button Battery ........... 514
Opening the Hood ........................... 485 Checking and Maintaining Tires Climate Control System Maintenance ..515
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 486 Checking Tires ................................. 503 Cleaning
Oil Check ......................................... 487 Tire and Loading Information Label .. 504 Interior Care .................................... 517
Adding Engine Oil ............................ 488 Tire Labeling .................................... 504 Exterior Care.................................... 519
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter...489 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 506 Accessories and Modifications ........ 523

475
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 476 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Before Performing Maintenance

Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle 1Inspection and Maintenance
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient U.S. models
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by an Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer. (Note, however, that service at an emissions control devices and systems may be
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer is not mandatory to keep your done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
warranties in effect.)
EPA standards.

■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
■ Daily inspections items marked with # will not void your emissions
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when warranties. However, all maintenance services should
refueling. be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the driver information interface.
■ Periodic inspections 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 481
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
2 Brake Fluid P. 496
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. subscription to the Service Express website at
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 503 www.techinfo.honda.com.
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 2 Authorized Manuals P. 579
Maintenance

2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 498

• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 500 sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.

476
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 477 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance

Safety When Performing Maintenance

Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. 1Safety When Performing Maintenance
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given 3 WARNING
task. Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
■ Maintenance Safety can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the 12-volt battery, all High Voltage system, and all fuel related parts. Always follow the inspection and
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. maintenance recommendations according
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire. to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the 12-volt 3 WARNING
battery or compressed air. Failure to properly follow maintenance
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. instructions and precautions can cause you
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation. to be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the procedures and

Maintenance
precautions in this owner’s manual.

Continued 477
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 478 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

■ Vehicle Safety
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the power system is turned off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the power system including the engine and exhaust system
cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not activate the power system unless instructed, and keep your hands and
limbs away from moving parts. When the power mode is on, the engine can
automatically start, or the radiator fan may start operating without the engine
running.

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service 1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and NOTICE
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles. damage the engine cover and component parts.
Maintenance

478
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 479 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Maintenance MinderTM

If the vehicle has maintenance items due within 30 days, you will see the
Maintenance Minder messages appear on the driver information interface every
time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to bring your
vehicle to an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for indicated
maintenance services.

To Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information 1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions and engine
1. Set the power mode to ON. oil conditions, the system calculates the remaining
2. Press the (display/ information) button. days before the next service is to be performed.
3. Press the / button to select the icon, and press the ENTER button.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the driver information interface.
/ Button 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 481

Maintenance
ENTER Button
Button Maintenance Item Code(s)

Continued 479
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 480 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Warning Message and Maintenance Minder Information on

the Driver Information Interface
Warning Message Maintenance Minder Explanation Information
Information

Service Due Soon One or more of the service items are The remaining days will be
required in less than 30 days. Press the counted down per day.
button to switch to another
display.

Service Due Now One or more of the service items are Have the indicated service
required in less than 10 days. Press the performed as soon as
button to switch to another possible.
display.

Service Past Due The indicated maintenance service is Your vehicle has passed the
still not done after the remaining time service required point.
Maintenance

reaches 0. Press the button to Immediately have the service

switch to another display. performed and make sure to
reset the Maintenance
MinderTM.

The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.

480
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 481 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Service Items 1Maintenance Service Items

• Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
System Message Maintenance Minder Message
Indicator

Main Item Sub Items

U.S. models

CODE Maintenance Main Items CODE Maintenance Sub Items

A ● Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter 1 ● Rotate tires
0 ● Inspect front and rear brakes 2 ● Replace dust and pollen filter*2
● Check expiration date for Temporary Tire Repair Kit 3 ● Replace transmission fluid*3
● Inspect these items: 4 ● Replace spark plugs
• Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots ● Inspect valve clearance

Maintenance
• Suspension components 5 ● Replace engine coolant
• Driveshaft boots 7 ● Replace brake fluid*4
• Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA)
8 ● Replace air cleaner element*5
• All fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Exhaust system# *2: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
• Fuel lines and connections# *3: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperatures.
• Stay RR, RR Subframe This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance
Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed
• Under body battery cover every 47,500 miles (75,000 km) or 3 years.
*4: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is
*1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
change the engine oil every year. *5: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

Continued 481
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 482 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

Canadian models 1Maintenance Service Items

• Adjust the valves during services A, 9, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.

CODE Maintenance Main Items CODE Maintenance Sub Items

A ● Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter 1 ● Rotate tires
*1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,
2 ● Replace dust and pollen filter*2
change the engine oil every year. 3 ● Replace transmission fluid*3
*2: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles). 4 ● Replace spark plugs
*3: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperatures. ● Inspect valve clearance
This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance
Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed 5 ● Replace engine coolant
every 75,000 km (47,500 miles) or 3 years.
*4: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is 7 ● Replace brake fluid*4
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years. 8 ● Replace air cleaner element*5
*5: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. 9 ● Service front and rear brakes
● Check expiration date for Temporary Tire Repair Kit
● Inspect these items:
• Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
Maintenance

• Suspension components
• Driveshaft boots
• Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA)
• All fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Exhaust system#
• Fuel lines and connections#
• Stay RR, RR Subframe
• Under body battery cover

482
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 483 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Resetting the Display 1Resetting the Display

NOTICE
Reset the maintenance minder information display if you have performed the
Failure to reset the Maintenance MinderTM display
maintenance service. after a maintenance service results in the system
showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can
lead to serious mechanical problems.
/ / 3 / 4
The authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer
Button
will reset the Maintenance MinderTM display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer performs maintenance service,
reset the Maintenance MinderTM display yourself.

You can also reset the Maintenance MinderTM display

ENTER Button using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 306
Button

Maintenance
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the (display/information) button.
3. Press the / button to select the icon, and press the ENTER button.
4. Press and hold the ENTER button for about 10 seconds to enter the reset mode.
5. Press 3 / 4 to select a maintenance item to reset, or to select All Due Items
(You can also select Cancel to end the process).
6. Press the ENTER button to reset the selected item.
7. Repeat from step 4 for other items you wish to reset.

483
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 484 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)

Washer Fluid Inverter Coolant

(Black Cap) Expansion Tank

12-Volt Battery Engine Coolant

Reserve Tank
Maintenance

High Voltage
Battery System
Coolant
Expansion Tank

Radiator Cap

484
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 485 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

Opening the Hood

Hood Release Handle 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set 1Opening the Hood
the parking brake. NOTICE
2. Pull the hood release handle under the Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard. raised: The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in
u The hood will pop up slightly. possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.

Pull NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
3. Push the hood latch lever (located under
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
the front edge of the hood to the center) to securely latched.
the side and raise the hood. Once you have
raised the hood slightly, you can release the If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
lever. open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

Lever

Maintenance
Support Rod 4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
Grip
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.

When closing, remove the support rod, and

stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
Clamp
hood close.

485
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 486 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

Recommended Engine Oil

• Genuine Honda Motor Oil 1Recommended Engine Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on Engine Oil Additives
the container. Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
Oil is a major contributor to your engine's and durability.
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.

This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving

and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.

Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another

commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
Maintenance

Ambient Temperature

■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.

486
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 487 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel or you 1Oil Check
charge the High Voltage battery. If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
Park the vehicle on level ground. add oil, being careful not to overfill.

Turn off the power system. You can check the oil level without the engine having
run beforehand. If the engine has been running, wait approximately three minutes
before you check the oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the

level. It should be between the upper and

Maintenance
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

Upper Mark
Lower Mark

487
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 488 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

Adding Engine Oil

1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 1Adding Engine Oil
2. Add oil slowly. NOTICE
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
it securely. Overfilling the engine oil may result in leaks and
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the engine damage.
engine oil dipstick.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Maintenance

488
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 489 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly. NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
Turning the power system on automatically starts the engine if the High Voltage dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
battery charge level gauge shows one segment or less. changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
2 High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge P. 123 the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
To start the engine, the vehicle needs to be in HV Charge.
2 HV Button P. 16

Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the driver
information interface.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
u If necessary, drive the vehicle until the
engine turns on.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil

Maintenance
fill cap.
3. Remove the slotted head screws by
turning 90° counterclockwise on the
undercarriage and remove the under
cover.

Continued 489
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 490 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
the bottom of the engine, and drain the You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
oil into a suitable container. filter. You can buy this wrench from an authorized
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
Washer
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.

Drain Bolt
5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
Oil Filter 7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
Maintenance

the filter gasket.

8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
3.5 US qt (3.3 L)

490
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 491 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
start the engine. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
then check that there is no leak from the seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
drain bolt or oil filter. your work.
12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.

Maintenance
491
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 492 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

Engine Coolant
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
straight antifreeze or water. antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about −31°F (−35°C). If your
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel or you vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
charge the High Voltage battery. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant coolant should be increased. Consult an authorized
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for details.
accordingly.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
■ Reserve Tank use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
MAX cool. Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
tank. malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
u If the coolant level is below the MIN and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
mark, add the specified coolant until it possible.
reaches the MAX mark.
Maintenance

Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your

Reserve
MIN Tank vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

492
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 493 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

■ Radiator 1Radiator

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are 3 WARNING

cool.
Removing the radiator cap while the
2. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter-
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
Radiator Cap clockwise and relieve any pressure in the
out, seriously scalding you.
cooling system.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap Always let the engine and radiator cool
counter-clockwise to remove it. down before removing the radiator cap.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
NOTICE
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
fully. any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.

Maintenance
493
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 494 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System

Cooling System
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 1Cooling System
NOTICE
Coolant is used to reduce the temperature of the high voltage battery and inverter Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
coolant. When checking the coolant level, make sure to follow the procedures listed antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
below. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, have your vehicle inspected by an temperatures as low as about −31°F (−35°C). If your
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer. vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult an authorized
■ Checking the Inverter Coolant Level Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for details.
1. Check the fluid level in the tank.
Only use the genuine Honda coolant.
2. If the coolant level has dropped below the
MIN level, have your vehicle serviced at an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
MAX dealer.
u Only a properly trained technician can
MIN refill the coolant and check the system
for leaks.
Expansion Tank
Maintenance

494
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 495 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System

■ Checking the Coolant Level for the High Voltage Battery

and Related Parts
1. Check the fluid level in the tank from the
MAX Window
window.
2. If the coolant level has dropped below the
MIN level, have your vehicle serviced at an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
MIN dealer.
u Only a properly trained technician can
refill the coolant and check the system
Expansion Tank
for leaks.

Maintenance
495
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 496 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid

Transmission Fluid
■ Transmission Fluid 1Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Specified fluid: Honda ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid) Do not mix Honda ATF DW-1 with other
transmission fluids.
Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer check the fluid level and Using a transmission fluid other than Honda ATF
replace if necessary. DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and
durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage
Do not attempt to check or change the transmission fluid yourself. the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Honda ATF DW-1 is not covered
by Honda’s new vehicle limited warranty.

Brake Fluid 1Brake Fluid

Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 NOTICE

Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
■ Checking the Brake Fluid
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
Maintenance

MAX use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed

tank.
container as a temporary replacement.

Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion

and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
MIN brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
Brake Reserve Tank
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn brake
pads as soon as possible.

496
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 497 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid

Refilling Window Washer Fluid

Check the amount of window washer fluid using the washer fluid level gauge on the 1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
cap. NOTICE
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir. Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Canadian models Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
If the washer fluid is low, the washer level vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
indicator comes on. washer pump.
Use only commercially available windshield washer
fluid.
Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime
Level Gauge scale build up.

Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.

Maintenance
497
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 498 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Replacing Light Bulbs

Headlights
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer 1Headlights
inspect and replace the light assembly. The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
Front Turn Signal and Front Side Marker Lights at an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer
or by a qualified technician.
Front turn signal and front side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Parking/Daytime Running Lights

Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
In Hybrid dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Maintenance

498
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 499 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights/Rear Side Marker, Brake and Rear Turn Signal Lights

Taillights/Rear Side Marker, Brake and Rear Turn

Signal Lights
Taillights/rear side marker, brake and rear turn signal lights are LED type. Have an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer inspect and replace the light
assembly.

Taillights and Back-Up Lights

Taillights and back-up lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Hybrid dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Rear License Plate Light

Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

High-Mount Brake Light

High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

Maintenance
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

499
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 500 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades

Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber 1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF NOTICE
(LOCK). Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it
2. While holding the wiper switch in the may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
MIST position, set the power mode to ON,
When you raise a wiper arm, you may inadvertently
then to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). alter the position of the arm by applying undue force.
u Both wiper arms are set to the If you notice that an arm is not in its proper return
maintenance position as shown in the position, active the wipers once and they will
image. automatically reset.
2 Wipers and Washers P. 166
3. Lift both wiper arms.
Maintenance

500
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 501 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

Wiper Arm 4. Press up on and hold the tab, then slide

the holder off the wiper arm.
Holder

Tab

5. Pull the end of the wiper blade in the

Wiper direction of the arrow in the image until it
Blade
is out of the holder’s end cap.

End Cap at
the bottom

Maintenance
6. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite
direction to slide it out of the holder.

Holder

Continued 501
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 502 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade

onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert
Wiper the blade all the way.
Blade 8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the
cap.
Holder 9. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it
locks.
10. Lower both wiper arms.
Cap
11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the
wiper switch in the MIST position until
both wiper arms return to the standard
position.
Maintenance

502
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 503 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Checking and Maintaining Tires

Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in 1Checking Tires
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
3 WARNING
■ Inflation guidelines Using tires that are excessively worn or
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. improperly inflated can cause a crash in
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure. which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and Follow all instructions in this owner’s
are more likely to fail from overheating. manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge. necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires. Even tires in good condition can lose 1–2 psi (10–20 kPa, 0.1–0.2 kgf/cm2) If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
per month. 4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if

Maintenance
checked when cold.
■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Whenever tire pressure is adjusted, you must
Look for: calibrate the TPMS.
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts, 2 TPMS Calibration P. 429
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration
• Uneven tread wear. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer check
while driving. New tires and any that have been
the wheel alignment.
removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 508
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
503
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 504 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label

Tire and Loading Information Label

The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading 1Tire and Loading Information Label
information. The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
Label a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
Example b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare, if
equipped.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare, if equipped.

Tire Labeling 1Tire Sizes

The tires that came on your vehicle have a Following is an example of tire size with an
Example Tire Size explanation of what each component means.
Tire number of markings. Those you should be
235/45R18 94V
Identification aware of are described as shown.
235: Tire width in millimeters.
Number (TIN)
45: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
Maintenance

Maximum percentage of its width).

Tire Load R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
18: Rim diameter in inches.
Maximum
94: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
Tire Pressure
Tire Size maximum load the tire can carry).
V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
■ Tire Sizes
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

504
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 505 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

■ Tire Identification Number (TIN) 1Tire Identification Number (TIN)

DOT B97R FW6X 2209
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire. requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
■ Glossary of Tire Terminology B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at 22 09: Date of manufacture.
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given Year
Week
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

Maintenance
505
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 506 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.

■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading 1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall For example:
between tread shoulder and maximum section width. Treadwear 200
Traction AA
■ Treadwear Temperature A
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear All passenger car tires must conform
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a to Federal Safety Requirements in
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 addition to these grades.
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
Maintenance

and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in

driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.

506
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 507 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

■ Traction 1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
assigned to this tire is based on
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
and does not include acceleration,
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
C may have poor traction performance.
traction characteristics.
■ Temperature 1Temperature

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, Warning: The temperature grade for
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its this tire is established for a tire that is
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions properly inflated and not
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high overloaded. Excessive speed,
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and underinflation, or excessive loading,
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire either separately or in combination,
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which can cause heat buildup and possible
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle tire failure.

Maintenance
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.

507
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 508 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators

Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
Example of a Wear located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
Indicator mark elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.

Tire Service Life

The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is

recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of
Maintenance

manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

508
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 509 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

Tire and Wheel Replacement

Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and 1Tire and Wheel Replacement
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and 3 WARNING
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®) system to work incorrectly. Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
front or rear tires in pairs. killed.

Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels. Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.

Maintenance
509
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 510 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation

Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the driver information 1Tire Rotation
interface helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life. Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
■ Tires without rotation marks Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
Rotate the tires as shown here. indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

Front Front

Direction Mark

■ Tires with rotation marks

Whenever tires are rotated, you must calibrate the
Rotate the tires as shown here.
TPMS.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 429
Maintenance

Front

510
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 511 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires

Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, 1Winter Tires
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving. 3 WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent installing chains, can damage the brake
skidding. lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
When mounting, refer to the following points. manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
NOTICE
• Mount the tires to all four wheels. Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
For tire chains: installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
• Install them on the front tires only. suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the hitting any part of the vehicle.
chains listed below:
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain

Maintenance
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1040
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as operational limits.
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
• Drive slowly.
driving conditions. For more information, contact an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

511
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 512 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

12-Volt Battery
Checking the 12-Volt Battery
Check the battery condition monthly. Look at 112-Volt Battery
the test indicator window and check the
terminals for corrosion. 3 WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
The battery condition is monitored by the gas during normal operation.
sensor on the negative terminal. If there is a
problem with the sensor, the warning A spark or flame can cause the battery to
message on the driver information interface explode with enough force to kill or
Test Indicator Window seriously hurt you.
will let you know. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
When conducting any battery
dealer.
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
it.
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 206
• The clock resets. WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
2 Clock P. 136 and related accessories contain lead
• The vehicle cannot be charged. After reconnecting the battery, turn the power and lead compounds.
Maintenance

system on, then turn it off. Wash your hands after handling.
Confirm that charging is possible.
2 Turning on the Power P. 378 The test indicator’s color information is on the battery.
2 Charging P. 458
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
• Canadian models only by applying a baking powder and water solution.
The immobilizer system needs to be reset. Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 97 dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.

512
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 513 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uu12-Volt BatteryuCharging the 12-Volt Battery

Charging the 12-Volt Battery

Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system. 112-Volt Battery
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last. When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer for more information.

The indicators for the Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®)

system, VSA® OFF, Collision Mitigation Braking
SystemTM (CMBSTM), and low tire pressure/Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) may come on
along with a message in the driver information
interface when you turn the power system on after
reconnecting the battery.
Drive a short distance at 12 mph (20 km/h). The
indicator should go off. If it does not, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
In Hybrid dealer.

Maintenance
513
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 514 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Remote Transmitter Care

Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery. 1Replacing the Button Battery
Battery type: CR2032
3 WARNING
1. Remove the built-in key. CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by the battery, seek medical attention
carefully prying on the edge with a coin. immediately.
Battery u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
NOTICE
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
scratching the smart entry remote. environment. Always confirm local regulations for
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the battery disposal.
correct polarity.
Maintenance

Replacement batteries are commercially available or

at an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

514
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 515 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Climate Control System Maintenance

Air Conditioning
To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE 1Climate Control System Maintenance
J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and NOTICE
certified technicians. Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment.
To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the
Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one evaporator with one removed from a used or
removed from a used or salvaged vehicle. salvaged vehicle.

Refrigerant in your vehicle’s air conditioning system is

New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and
flammable and can be ignited during servicing if
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842. proper procedures are not followed.

The air conditioner label is found under the hood:

2 Safety Labels P. 83
2 Specifications P. 570

Canadian models

: Caution
: Flammable
Refrigerant

Maintenance
: Requires Registered
Technician to Service
: Air Conditioning
System

515
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 516 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuClimate Control System MaintenanceuDust and Pollen Filter

Dust and Pollen Filter

The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects 1Dust and Pollen Filter
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let If the airflow from the climate control system
you know when to replace the filter. deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust. dealer for replacement.
Maintenance

516
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 517 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. 1Interior Care
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue. Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
■ Cleaning Seat Belts splashed on them.

Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth. such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult an authorized Honda
Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
Opening
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them

away using a dry cloth.

Maintenance
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

Continued 517
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 518 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCleaninguInterior Care

■ Cleaning the Window 1Cleaning the Window

Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe using a glass cleaner. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.

Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass

cleaner, on or around the cover of the front sensor
camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 396

■ Floor Mats 1Floor Mats

If you use any floor mats that were not originally
The front and rear floor mats hook over floor provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
Unlock anchors, which keep them from sliding designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
the anchor knobs to the unlock position. Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
Lock When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.
the knobs to the lock position.
Maintenance

Do not put additional floor mats on top of

the anchored mats.

■ Maintaining Genuine Leather * 1Maintaining Genuine Leather *

It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
To properly clean leather: soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust. in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90% leather. In addition, please note that some dark
water and 10% neutral soap. colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth. resulting in discoloration or stains.
4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.

518 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 519 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches
on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you
find a scratch, promptly repair it.

■ Washing the Vehicle 1Washing the Vehicle

Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following cause a malfunction.
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

Air Intake Vents

If you need to lift the wiper arms away from the

windshield, first set the wiper arms to the

Maintenance
maintenance position.
2 Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber P. 500

■ Using an Automated Car Wash 1Using an Automated Car Wash

When using an automated car wash that pulls the
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is
• Fold in the door mirrors. in car wash mode.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 388

Continued 519
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 520 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Using High Pressure Cleaners

• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray water into the engine compartment.

■ Applying Wax 1Applying Wax

NOTICE
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
elements, so reapply as necessary. away spills immediately.

■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts 1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
If you get gasoline, oil, coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be dealer about the correct coating material when you
stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean want to repair the painted surface of the parts made
water. of resin.
Maintenance

■ Cleaning the Window 1Cleaning the Window

When you raise a wiper arm, you may inadvertently
Wipe using a glass cleaner. alter the position of the arm by applying undue force.
If you notice that an arm is not in its proper return
position, active the wipers once and they will
automatically reset.
2 Wipers and Washers P. 166

520
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 521 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,
the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,
wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.

■ Fogged Exterior Light Lenses

The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame

Maintenance
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Honda
Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Continued 521
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 522 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Painting the Vehicle 1Painting the Vehicle

Refer to the temperature notice label affixed to the driver’s doorjamb before U.S. models
painting the vehicle.

Canadian models
Maintenance

522
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 523 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Accessories and Modifications

Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following: 1Accessories and Modifications
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions. 3 WARNING
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs Improper accessories or modifications can
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s performance, and cause a crash in which
airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy. you can be seriously hurt or killed.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle. Follow all instructions in this owner’s
2 Fuses P. 557 manual regarding accessories and
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact an authorized modifications.
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for assistance. If possible, have an authorized
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer inspect the final installation.
3 WARNING
Use of improperly designed, engineered or
manufactured high-voltage battery
assemblies could cause a fire in your
vehicle.

Maintenance
A vehicle fire could result in a crash or
injury.

Only use a genuine Honda high-voltage

battery assembly, or its equivalent, in your
vehicle.

Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to

ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

523
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 524 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications

Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Honda parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.

Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.

The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Honda has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.

Do not modify or attempt to repair your vehicle’s high-voltage hybrid power system
or otherwise modify vehicle electrical systems. Disassembling or modifying electrical
equipment can result in a crash or a fire.
Maintenance

If you ever need to replace your vehicle’s high-voltage battery assembly outside of
warranty coverage, we highly recommend that you only use a genuine Honda high-
voltage battery assembly. Genuine Honda high-voltage battery assemblies are
designed to work with your vehicle’s hybrid power system and have been designed,
engineered and manufactured to avoid overcharging situations. Non-genuine high-
voltage battery assemblies may not have been similarly designed, engineered and
manufactured, and installation of such assemblies could result in overcharging, fires,
loss of power, or other conditions that may increase the likelihood of a crash or
injury.

524
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 525 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Handling the Unexpected

This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

If a Tire Goes Flat If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 526 Indicator Comes On ....................... 550 Comes On or Blinks ....................... 555
Handling of the Jack......................... 538 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
Power System Won’t Start On or Blinks..................................... 551 along with the Warning Message .... 556
Checking the Procedure ................... 539 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes Fuses
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is On or Blinks .......................................552 Fuse Locations ................................. 557
Weak..........................................541 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 564
Emergency Power System Off........... 542 Indicator Comes On...........................553 Emergency Towing........................... 565
Jump Starting.................................... 543 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill
Overheating Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time Door................................................. 566
How to Handle Overheating............. 546 When the Brake System Indicator When You Cannot Open the Charge
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking (Amber) Comes On ...................... 554 Lid.................................................567
If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears .. 549 When You Cannot Open the Trunk.. 568

525
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 526 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

If a Tire Goes Flat

Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the 1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can The kit should not be used in the following situations.
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station Instead, contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
for a more permanent repair. Hybrid dealer or roadside assistance to have the
vehicle towed.
• The tire sealant has expired.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
• More than one tire is punctured.
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place. • The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm).
• The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking outside the contact area.
brake.
2. Change the gear position to (P . When the puncture is: Kit Use
Handling the Unexpected

3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Smaller than 3/16 inch
Yes
(4 mm)
Contact
Area Larger than 3/16 inch
No
(4 mm)

• Damage has been caused by driving with the tire

extremely under inflated.
• The tire bead is no longer seated.
• The rim is damaged.

Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the

tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.

526
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 527 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire 1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
Power Plug

Instruction Manual When making a temporary repair, carefully read the

instruction manual provided with the kit.

Sealant/Air Hose
AIR
Selector Knob REPAIR
Pressure Gauge Inflator Switch
Pressure Relief Button

Handling the Unexpected

Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label

U.S. Canada U.S. Canada

Continued 527
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 528 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

1. Remove the charging cable by releasing the

belt.

Charging Cable

2. Pull the strap on the right side of the trunk

and open the lid.
Strap
Handling the Unexpected

3. Open the fastener and take the kit out of

the trunk.
4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
Lid the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
Fastener

528
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 529 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Injecting Sealant and Air 1Injecting Sealant and Air

Valve Cap 1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve 3 WARNING
stem.
Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.

If accidentally swallowed, do not induce

vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get
medical attention immediately.

Valve Stem For skin or eye contact, flush with cool

water and get medical attention if

Handling the Unexpected

Sealant/Air Hose 2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging. necessary.

In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.

In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.

The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other

materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
Sealant/Air Hose 3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Valve Stem

Continued 529
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 530 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory 1Injecting Sealant and Air

power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a 3 WARNING
door or window. Running the engine with the vehicle in an
u Do not plug any other electronic enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
devices into other accessory power cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
sockets. monoxide.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 189
5. Turn the power system on. Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
u Keep the power system on while cause unconsciousness and even death.
injecting sealant and air. Only run the engine to power the air
Handling the Unexpected

6. Turn the selector knob to REPAIR*1, compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
U.S. SEALANT/AIR*2, PRODUIT ANTIFUITE/
AIR*2. NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
Canada compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.

There are two accessory power sockets:

• In the back of the console compartment
• In the console panel
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 189

*1: U.S. models

*2: Canadian models
530
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 531 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the 1Injecting Sealant and Air
Pressure Gauge
compressor. Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
u The compressor starts injecting sealant shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
and air into the tire. actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
u When the sealant injection is complete, pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
ON tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
continue to add air.
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
8. After the air pressure reaches 36 psi (250
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
OFF kPa), turn off the kit. complete.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor, and read the If the required air pressure is not reached within 10
gauge. minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for

Handling the Unexpected

9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle
Sealant/Air
will need to be towed.
Hose power socket.
10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire See an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper
disposal of an empty bottle.

Valve Stem
11. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

Pressure Relief Button

Continued 531
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 532 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

12. Apply the repair notification label to the

Repair Notification Label
flat surface of the wheel.
U.S. u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.

Canada
Handling the Unexpected

■ Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
U.S.
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Canada

Speed Restriction Label

532
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 533 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/

air hose on the compressor.
5. Turn the selector knob to AIR*1, AIR
ONLY*2, AIR SEULEMENT*2.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 535
6. If the air pressure is
Sealant/Air Hose • Less than 25 psi (175 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The
U.S. leak is too severe. Call for help and have

Handling the Unexpected

your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 565

Canada • 36 psi (250 kPa) or more:

Continue driving for another 10 minutes
or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not
reached a service station after 10 minutes,
stop in a safe place and check the tire
pressure.
u If the air pressure does not go down
after the 10 minute driving, you do not
need to check the pressure any more.

*1: U.S. models

*2: Canadian models
Continued 533
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 534 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

• Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less 1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
than 36 psi (250 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the 3 WARNING
tire until the tire pressure reaches 36 psi Running the engine with the vehicle in an
(250 kPa). enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 535 cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes monoxide.
or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not cause unconsciousness and even death.
reached a service station after 10 minutes, Only run the engine to power the air
Handling the Unexpected

stop in a safe place and check the tire compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
pressure.
u You should repeat this procedure as
long as the air pressure is within this
range.
7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
8. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
9. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

534
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 535 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Inflating an Under-inflated Tire 1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

NOTICE
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
Sealant/Air Hose 1. Open the trunk floor lid. compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair compressor can overheat and become permanently
the Flat Tire P. 527 damaged.
2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.

Handling the Unexpected

5. Remove the valve cap.

Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose 6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Valve Stem

Continued 535
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 536 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power 1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a 3 WARNING
door or window. Running the engine with the vehicle in an
u Do not plug any other electronic enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
devices into other accessory power cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
sockets. monoxide.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 189
8. Turn the power system on. Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
u Keep the power system on while cause unconsciousness and even death.
injecting air. Only run the engine to power the air
Handling the Unexpected

9. Turn the selector knob to AIR*1, AIR compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
U.S. ONLY*2, AIR SEULEMENT*2.
10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
Canada
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.

*1: U.S. models

*2: Canadian models
536
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 537 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

12. Turn off the kit.

u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
Pressure Relief Button valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

Handling the Unexpected

16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

537
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 538 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Handling of the Jack

Your vehicle has jacking points as shown.

When replacing your tires, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer.
Handling the Unexpected

Jacking Points

538
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 539 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Power System Won’t Start

Checking the Procedure
When the READY indicator does not come on and the Ready To Drive message 1Checking the Procedure
does not appear on the driver information interface, check the following items and If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
take appropriate action. assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 543

Checklist Condition What to Do

Check if the related The Remove Charger Connector message appears Removing a charge connector. Set the power
indicator or driver mode to ACCESSORY, then to ON.
information interface The Low Battery Charge. Power Reduced. message appears Charge the High Voltage battery.
messages come on. 2 Charging P. 458

Handling the Unexpected

The Temperature Is Too Cold For Vehicle To Operate 2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
message appears. Information Messages P. 103
The To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears. 2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
uMake sure the smart entry remote is in its operating range. P. 541
2 POWER Button Operating Range P. 158
The POWER SYSTEM indicator comes on. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
The transmission system indicator blinks and Transmission The power system can be activated as a
Problem Apply Parking Brake When Parked message temporary measure.
appears. 2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message P. 556
Check the brightness The interior lights are dim or do not come on at all. Have the 12-volt battery checked by an
of the interior lights. authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
The interior lights come on normally. Check all fuses, or have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 564

Continued 539
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 540 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuPower System Won’t StartuChecking the Procedure

Checklist Condition What to Do

Check the Security When the Security System Alarm indicator is blinking, the power
System Alarm system cannot be turned on. 2 Security System Alarm P. 153
indicator.
Handling the Unexpected

540
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 541 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuPower System Won’t StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the driver information interface, and the POWER button flashes, the
READY indicator does not come on.

Turn on the power system as follows:

1. Touch the center of the POWER button
with the H logo on the smart entry remote
while the indicator on the POWER button is
flashing. The buttons on the smart entry
remote should be facing you.
u The POWER button flashes for about 30

Handling the Unexpected

seconds.

2. Depress the brake pedal and press the

POWER button within 10 seconds after the
beeper sounds and the POWER button
changes from flashing to on.
u If you do not depress the pedal, the
mode will change to ACCESSORY.

541
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 542 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuPower System Won’t StartuEmergency Power System Off

Emergency Power System Off

The POWER button may be used to turn the power system off due to an emergency 1Emergency Power System Off
situation even while driving. If you must turn the power system off, do either of the Do not press the button while driving unless it is
following operations: absolutely necessary for the power system to be
• Press and hold the POWER button for about two seconds. turned off.
• Firmly press the POWER button three times.

The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the power system
disables the power assist the power system provides to the steering and braking
systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow
the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop
immediately in a safe place.
Handling the Unexpected

The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete
stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.

542
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 543 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Jump Starting

■ Jump Starting Procedure 1Jump Starting

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as the audio and lights. Turn off the 3 WARNING
power system, then open the hood.
A 12-volt battery can explode if you do not
1. Open the battery terminal cover.
follow the correct procedure, seriously
injuring anyone nearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking

materials away from the 12-volt battery.

Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do

Handling the Unexpected

not come off when the power system vibrates. Also
Battery Terminal Cover
be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow
2. Connect the first jumper cable to your the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal. detaching the jumper cables.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
12-volt Battery performance degrades in cold
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
conditions and may prevent the power system from
u If you use a booster battery, only use a starting.
12-volt booster battery.
u When using an automotive battery
charger, select a charging voltage lower
Booster Battery than 15-volts. Check the charger manual
for the proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.

Continued 543
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 544 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuJump Startingu

5. Connect the other end of the second

jumper cable to the power system
mounting bolt as shown. Do not connect
this jumper cable to any other part of the
vehicle.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine,
and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s power
system. If it does not turn on, check that the
jumper cables have good metal-to-metal
Handling the Unexpected

contact.

544
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 545 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuJump Startingu

■ What to Do After the Power System Starts 1What to Do After the Power System Starts
The indicators for the Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®)
Once your vehicle’s power system has started, remove the jumper cables in the system, VSA® OFF, Collision Mitigation Braking
following order: SystemTM (CMBSTM), and low tire pressure/Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) may come on
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground. along with a message in the driver information
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery - interface when you turn the power system on after
reconnecting the battery.
terminal.
Drive a short distance at 12 mph (20 km/h). The
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
indicator should go off. If it does not, have your
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery + vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
terminal. In Hybrid dealer.

Handling the Unexpected

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or an authorized Honda
Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

545
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 546 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The High Temperature. Power Reduced. message appears on the multi-
information display.
• The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears
on the multi-information display.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

■ The High Temperature. Power Reduced. Message Appears

on the Multi-Information Display
The High Temperature. Power Reduced. message appears on the multi-
Handling the Unexpected

information display when the power system temperature is high.

2 Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages P. 103

1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.

u Change the gear position to (P , and set the parking brake. Turn off all
accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
2. Keep the power mode in ON, and wait until the message disappears.
u If the message does not disappear, have the vehicle inspected at an authorized
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

546
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 547 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

■ The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot 1The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too
Message Appears on the Multi-Information Display Hot Message Appears on the Multi-Information Display

■ First thing to do 3 WARNING

1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
Steam and spray from an overheated
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
engine can seriously scald you.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the power system on and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the power system and wait until it Do not open the hood if steam is coming
subsides. Then open the hood. out.

NOTICE

Handling the Unexpected

Continuing to drive with the Stop Driving When
Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message on
the multi-information display may damage the
engine.

Continued 547
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 548 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

■ Next thing to do 1The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and Hot Message Appears on the Multi-Information Display
MAX
turn the power system off once the Stop
Driving When Safe. Engine 3 WARNING
Temperature Too Hot message Removing the radiator cap while the
disappears. engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
u If the cooling fan is not operating, out, seriously scalding you.
immediately turn the power system off.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect Always let the engine and radiator cool
MIN Reserve Tank down before removing the radiator cap.
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
Handling the Unexpected

u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is If the coolant is leaking, contact an authorized Honda
low, add coolant until it reaches the Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for repairs.
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open soon as possible.
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.

■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, turn the power system on.
If the Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message does not
appear, resume driving. If it appears again, contact an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer for repairs.

548
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 549 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears
■ Reasons for the Warning to appear 1If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears
Appears when the engine oil pressure is low. NOTICE
■ What to do as soon as the warning Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
appears serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level
ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights
on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for
approximately three minutes.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
2 Oil Check P. 487
3. Start the engine and check the low oil
pressure warning.
u The warning disappears: Start driving
again.
u The warning does not disappear within
10 seconds: Immediately stop the engine
and contact an authorized Honda Clarity
Plug-In Hybrid dealer for repairs.

549
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 550 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator Comes On

If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator

Comes On 1If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
Comes on when the 12-volt battery is not being charged. power system. Restarting the power system may
rapidly discharge the battery.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Hybrid dealer for repairs.
Handling the Unexpected

550
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 551 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or

Blinks 1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
■ Reasons for indicator lamp to come on or blink NOTICE
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose. the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at an restarting the engine, drive to the nearest an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer. authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer at 31
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected.
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the power system stopped until it cools.

Handling the Unexpected

■ Tighten Fuel Cap Message
■ The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.

■ What to do when the message appears:

1. Stop the power system.
2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
u The message should go off.

■ When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on

The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
gasoline vapor. If this happens, follow the procedures described earlier to check the
fuel fill cap.

551
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 552 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or

Blinks 1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
U.S. ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
• The brake fluid is low. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
immediately in a safe place. If necessary, downshift
Canada ■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving the gears.
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, slow the vehicle on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
using the deceleration paddle selector. system is not working. This can result in vehicle
■ Reason for the indicator to blink instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Honda
• There is a problem with the electric parking brake system.
Handling the Unexpected

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.

■ What to do when the indicator blinks
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by an If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately. time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
on, the parking brake may not work.
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Hybrid dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks at the Same Time When the
Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
P. 554

552
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 553 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the motor
speed while the motor is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
• Stop the vehicle in a safe place, turn off the power system, and turn
on the power system again.
If the indicator re-appears and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Handling the Unexpected

553
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 554 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or

Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System 1 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Indicator (Amber) Comes On Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
If you apply the parking brake, you may not be able
U.S. ■ If the brake system indicator (red) comes on or blinks at the to release it.
same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
release the parking brake manually or automatically. If the brake system indicator (red) and the brake
(Red) 2 Parking Brake P. 435 system indicator (amber) come on at the same time,
Canada the parking brake is working.
• If the brake system indicator (red) continuously comes on or blinks at
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
the same time the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, stop the
time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
(Red) vehicle in a safe place, and have it inspected by an authorized Honda on, the parking brake may not work because it is
Handling the Unexpected

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately. checking the system.

U.S.
u Prevents the vehicle from moving gear position to (P .

(Amber) • If only the Brake System Indicator (Red) is turned off, avoid using the
Canada parking brake, and have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.

(Amber)

554
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 555 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or

Blinks 1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink NOTICE
A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated. Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
If there is a problem with the TPMS, the indicator blinks for about one it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
minute, and then stay on. inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver’s side doorjamb.
u Calibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.

Handling the Unexpected

■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer as soon as possible.

555
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 556 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along

with the Warning Message 1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the
■ Reasons for the indicator to blink Warning Message
The transmission is malfunctioning. You may not be able to turn on the power system.

Make sure to set the parking brake when parking

your vehicle.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
• Immediately have your vehicle inspected by Call a professional towing service if you need to tow
an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid your vehicle.
dealer. 2 Emergency Towing P. 565
• Change the gear position to (N when you
turn the power system on.
Handling the Unexpected

u Check if the (N position in the

instrument panel and the indicator on
the (N button light/blink.
u The power system cannot be turned on
unless the parking brake is set.
2 Turning on the Power P. 378

556
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 557 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating Circuit Protected Amps
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), FUSE BOX MAIN 1 60 A
Circuit Protected Amps
and check to see if any applicable fuse is FUSE BOX MAIN 2 40 A
1 BATTERY 175 A
blown. FUSE BOX MAIN 3 50 A
EPS 70 A
ESB 40 A H/L HI MAIN 30 A
■ Engine Compartment Fuse IG MAIN (SMART) 30 A SMALL MAIN 20 A
Box 12
2 ABS/VSA MOTOR 40 A SUB FUSE BOX 4 (30 A)
There are three fuse boxes in the engine WIPER MOTOR 1 30 A − 30 A
compartment. ABS/VSA FSR 40 A WIPER MOTOR 2 30 A
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box − 30 A − 30 A

Handling the Unexpected

cover. Locate the fuse in question by the ENG EWP 30 A − 30 A
fuse number and box cover number. SUB FUSE BOX 2-1 30 A 13 HEATER MOTOR 40 A
3 14 REAR DEFROSTER 40 A
SUB FUSE BOX 3-2 30 A
■ Fuse box A IG MAIN 2 30 A 15 − −
Located near the windshield washer 4 IG COIL 15 A 16 BATT SNSR 7.5 A
reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box. 17 ES EWP 15 A
5 H/L LO MAIN 15 A
6 EVTC 20 A 18 A/C MAIN/DRL 10 A
7 DTWP 10 A 19 ES VLV 7.5 A
8 DBW 15 A 20 HORN 10 A
9 VBU 10 A 21 BACK UP 10 A
10 STOP LIGHT 7.5 A 22 AUDIO 15 A
11 IGP 15 A 23 IGPS (LAF) 10 A
24 R H/L LO 7.5 A
Tab 25 L H/L LO 7.5 A
26 IGPS 10 A

Continued 557
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 558 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

■ Fuse box B Pull up the cover on the + terminal, then ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
remove it while pulling out the tab as
Circuit Protected Amps
shown.
a MAIN 200 A
Replacement of engine compartment fuses
Tab b RB MAIN 1 70 A
should be done by an authorized Honda
c RB MAIN 2 80 A
Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.
d GLOW 60 A
Handling the Unexpected

558
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 559 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

■ Fuse Box C ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating

Located near the fuse box B.
Circuit Protected Amps
1 RFC1 30 A
2 RFC2 30 A
Tab 3 P-ACT 30 A
4 IGB RFC1 7.5 A
5 IGB RFC2 7.5 A

Handling the Unexpected

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.

Continued 559
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 560 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating

■ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box Circuit Protected Amps
Circuit Protected Amps 21 ACG 7.5 A
There are four fuse boxes on the driver’s
1 ACC 7.5 A 22 DRL 7.5 A
side.
2 − − 23 − 10 A
■ Fuse Box A 3 VB SOL 10 A 24 FR SENSOR CAMERA 5A
Located under the dashboard. 4 SHIFTER 7.5 A 25 DR DOOR LOCK 10 A
5 OPTION MAIN 15 A 26 R SIDE DOOR UNLOCK 10 A
Fuse Label
6 SRS OPTION 7.5 A 27 RR R P/W 20 A
7 METER 10 A 28 DR P/W 20 A
8 FUEL PUMP 15 A 29 FR ACC SOCKET 20 A
Handling the Unexpected

9 OPTION 7.5 A 30 INTERIOR LIGHT 7.5 A

10 CTR ACC SOCKET 20 A 31 DR P/SEAT REC 20 A
11 − − 32 FR SEAT HEATER 20 A
12 R SIDE DOOR LOCK 10 A 33 DR P/SEAT SLI 20 A
Fuse Box A
13 L SIDE DOOR UNLOCK 10 A 34 ABS/VSA 7.5 A
Fuse locations are shown on the label on 14 RR L P/W 20 A 35 SRS 10 A
the under panel. 15 AS P/W 20 A 36 − −
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse 37 LID ACT 10 A
16 DOOR LOCK 20 A
number and label number. 38 L SIDE DOOR LOCK 10 A
17 P-DRV 7.5 A
18 − − 39 DR DOOR UNLOCK 10 A
19 WASHER 15 A
20 − −

560
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 561 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

■ Fuse Box B ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating

Located under the fuse box A.
Circuit Protected Amps
Fuse Label c − (10 A)
d R H/L HI 7.5 A
e L H/L HI 7.5 A
f IGC 10 A
g HAZARD 10 A
h IGB 15 A
i SMART 10 A
Fuse Box B j IGA 10 A

Handling the Unexpected

Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the under panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.

Continued 561
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 562 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

■ Fuse Box C ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating

Located on the right side of fuse box B.
Circuit Protected Amps
Fuse Label k AS P/SEAT REC (20 A)
l AS P/SEAT SLIDE (20 A)
m ILLUMI 7.5 A
n SMALL 7.5 A

Fuse Box C
Handling the Unexpected

Fuse locations are shown on the label on

the under panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.

562
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 563 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

■ Fuse Box D ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating

Located inside the driver’s side outer panel.
Circuit Protected Amps
Fuse Box D p − (10 A)
q − (7.5 A)
r SHIFTER 7.5 A
s P-ACT DRV 7.5 A
t − −
u EPP (7.5 A)
v OPTION 7.5 A
w ESB 7.5 A

Handling the Unexpected

Replacement of fuses in the driver’s side
outer panel should be done by an
authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid
dealer.

563
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 564 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses

Inspecting and Changing Fuses

1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF 1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories NOTICE
off. Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
2. Check the fuses on the battery in the greatly increases the chances of damaging the
engine compartment. electrical system.
u If the fuse is blown, have it replaced by
an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Replace the fuse with a spare fuse of the same
specified amperage.
Hybrid dealer.
12-Volt Battery Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
3. Remove the fuse box cover. P. 557 to 563.
4. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment. There is a fuse puller on the back of the cover of the
Handling the Unexpected

u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head engine compartment fuse box A.

screwdriver to remove the screw, and
replace it with a new one.

Blown Fuse

5. Inspect the small fuses in the engine

Fuse Puller compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller, and replace it with a new
one.

564
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 565 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Emergency Towing

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. 1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
■ Flat bed equipment Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a flat bed truck. cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
This is the only way you can safely transport your vehicle. to support the vehicle's weight.
Any other towing method will damage the vehicle’s drive system.
NOTICE
Improper towing, such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.

Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.

Handling the Unexpected

It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.

Do not use the hook on the rear of your vehicle for

the towing of other vehicles or emergency removal of
your vehicle. The hook may break.
If your vehicle needs to be towed backward, contact
an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer or a
professional towing service.

Hook

565
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 566 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

■ What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door 1When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
If you cannot open the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.
1. Open the trunk and pull off the left inside 3 WARNING
cover. Gasoline vapors in tank are under pressure.
• If using the manual fuel door release,
open the cap slowly to gradually release
pressure.
• Stop the engine, and keep all sparks,
heat, and flame away.

The automatic fuel tank vent does not operate when

Handling the Unexpected

2. Pull the release lever towards you. using the manual fuel door release. Gradually release
u The release lever opens the fuel fill door pressure by slowly turning the fuel fill cap to the left.
when it is pulled. If you hear a release of fuel vapors, wait until it stops,
3. Slowly remove the fuel fill cap by turning it then continue to slowly remove the fuel fill cap.
to the left. If you hear a release of pressure,
The malfunction indicator lamp may come on when
wait until it stops, then continue to slowly
driving after you have refueled by manually opening
remove the fuel fill cap. the fuel fill door.
2 How to Refuel P. 456 2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
Release Lever
4. Add fuel very slowly. On or Blinks P. 551
u The automatic fuel tank vent valve does
not operate when the fuel fill door is After taking these steps, contact an authorized
opened manually. Trying to add fuel too Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
rapidly when the vent valve is closed will
cause fuel vapors to be pushed out the
filler pipe and can cause a small amount
of liquid fuel to be spilled onto the
ground.

566
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 567 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

When You Cannot Open the Charge Lid

■ What to Do When Unable to Open the Charge Lid 1When You Cannot Open the Charge Lid
After taking this step, contact an authorized Honda
If you cannot open the charge lid, use the following procedure: Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer to have the vehicle
1. Pull the release lever under the lower left checked.
Release Lever
corner of the dashboard.
u The lid will pop up slightly.

Handling the Unexpected

567
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 568 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

When You Cannot Open the Trunk

■ What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk 1When You Cannot Open the Trunk
Following up:
If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure: After taking these steps, contact an authorized
1. Insert the built-in key into the cylinder and Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer to have your
turn the key clockwise (as shown). vehicle checked.
u The trunk unlocks and opens.

Built-in Key
Handling the Unexpected

568
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 569 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.

Specifications.................................... 570
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, Motor Number, and
Transmission Number..................... 572
Devices that Emit Radio Waves....... 573
Reporting Safety Defects................. 574
Emissions Testing ............................. 575
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 575
Warranty Coverages ........................ 576
Authorized Manuals......................... 579
Customer Service Information......... 580

569
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 570 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Specifications

■ Vehicle Specifications ■ Fuel ■ Light Bulbs

Model CLARITY PLUG-IN HYBRID Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number Headlights (Low Beam) LED
Type
No. of Passengers: of 87 or higher Headlights (High Beam) LED
Front 2 Fuel Tank Capacity 7.0 US gal (26.5 L) Front Turn Signal Lights LED
Rear 3 Front Side Marker Lights LED
Total 5 Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED
Weights: ■ Washer Fluid Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights LED
Gross Vehicle Weight See the certification label on the driver’s Tank Capacity 1.43 US qt (1.35 L) Brake Lights LED
Rating doorjamb Taillights LED
Gross Axle Weight See the certification label on the driver’s Back-Up Lights LED
Rating (Front) doorjamb Rear Turn Signal Lights LED
Gross Axle Weight See the certification label on the driver’s High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rating (Rear) doorjamb Rear License Plate Light LED
Interior Lights
Front and Rear Map Lights LED
■ Air Conditioning Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W
Charge Quantity 13.9 – 15.7 oz (395 – 445 g) Center Console Light LED
Lubricant Type SE-A2 (POE) Glove Box Light LED
Quantity 8.54 – 10.4 cu-in (140 – 170 cc) Front Foot Lights * LED
Trunk Light LED
Illumination Lamp
LED
■ Engine Specifications
Information

(inside Charge Lid)

Displacement 91.4 cu-in (1,498 cm3)
Spark Plugs NGK DILZKAR7C11H

570 * Not available on all models

20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 571 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuSpecificationsu

■ Brake Fluid ■ High Voltage Battery System Coolant ■ Tire

Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 Specified Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 Size 235/45R18 94V
Regular Pressure
36 (250 [2.5])
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
■ Transmission Fluid ■ Inverter Coolant Wheel Size Regular 18 x 8J
Honda Automatic Transmission Fluid Specified Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Specified
ATF DW-1
Capacity Change 2.23 US qt (2.11 L)

■ Engine Oil
·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
Recommended
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Change 3.3 US qt (3.1L)
Capacity
Change including filter 3.5 US qt (3.3L)

■ Engine Coolant
Specified Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
1.31 US gal (4.97 L)
Capacity (change including the remaining

Information
0.14 US gal (0.52 L) in the reserve tank)

571
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 572 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
Motor Number, and Transmission Number 1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, Motor
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your Number, and Transmission Number
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing, and insuring your vehicle. The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, motor number, and located under the cover.
transmission number are shown as follows.

Vehicle Identification Number

Engine Number

Cover
Motor Number

Transmission
Number
Information

Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number
Vehicle Identification Number

572
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 573 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Devices that Emit Radio Waves

Each radio frequency device installed in the vehicle conforms to the requirements
and standards of the regulation listed below:

As required by the FCC:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Information
573
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 574 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Reporting Safety Defects

In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.

In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
Information

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.

To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.

574
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 575 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness codes as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. 1Testing of Readiness Codes
Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions The readiness codes are erased when the 12-volt
components are working properly. battery is disconnected, and set again only after
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the 12-volt several days of driving under a variety of conditions.
battery has gone dead or been disconnected.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without turning the power a later date to complete the test.
system on. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it
then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are not set. are still not set, see an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
In Hybrid dealer.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.

2. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Turn the power system on.

Information
5. Use the HV button to select HV or HV Charge.
2 HV Button P. 16
6. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 mph (80 km/h) over for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D
with SPORT mode. Do not use cruise control.
7. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
8. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for 40 minutes.

575
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 576 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Warranty Coverages

■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:

New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.

Powertrain Limited Warranty – the powertrain in your new Honda is covered by

a limited warranty. The duration of warranty coverage may vary. Please read your
warranty booklet for details.

High Voltage Battery Capacity Warranty – gradual capacity loss of the high
voltage battery is expected and not covered under warranty. Greater than normal
degradation is covered and can be determined by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-
In Hybrid dealer. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance

Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Information

Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.

Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.

576
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 577 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWarranty Coveragesu

Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this

warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts

against defects in materials and workmanship.

Replacement 12-Volt Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage

for a replacement battery purchased from an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In
Hybrid dealer.

Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as

long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.

Tire Warranty – the original tires are warranted by their manufacturer. Your Honda
automobile dealer will be glad to assist you in contacting the tire’s manufacturer, if
needed. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Information
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

Continued 577
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 578 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuWarranty Coveragesu

■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

■ EPA Contact Information

An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:

Director,
Light-Duty Vehicle Center,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Attention: Warranty Claim
2000 Traverwood Drive,
Ann Arbor, MI 48105;
[email protected]
Information

578
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 579 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Authorized Manuals

■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

■ For U.S. Owners

Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

■ For Canadian Owners

Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.

Information
579
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 580 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Customer Service Information

Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal 1Customer Service Information
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced When you call or write, please give us the following
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Honda information:
Customer Services. • Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, Motor Number, and
Transmission Number P. 572
U.S. Owners Canadian Owners
• Date of purchase
American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Honda Canada Inc. • Odometer reading of your vehicle
Honda Automobile Customer Services Customer Relations 180 Honda Boulevard • Your name, address, and telephone number
Mail Stop 100-5E-8A Markham, ON • A detailed description of the problem
1919 Torrance Blvd. L6C 0H9 • Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Tel: 1 (800) 999-1009 Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
Information

580
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 581 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

uuCustomer Service Informationu

■ Disclaimer of Pandora® * Limitations

• Access to Pandora requires an active
Requirements to access Pandora® internet connection
• Latest version of the Pandora app • Ability to access Pandora through this
installed on your Android, Blackberry, or system is subject to change without
iPhone. notice
• Registered Pandora account (you can • Certain functionality of Pandora service is
create a free account at not available when accessing the service
www.pandora.com <http:// through this system including, but not
www.pandora.com/> or on your limited to, creating new stations, deleting
smartphone) stations, emailing current stations,
• Connection to the internet via Wi-Fi or buying tracks, viewing additional text
cellular data network. information, logging in to Pandora, and
adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.
Pandora internet radio is a music service
not affiliated with HONDA. More
information is available at http://
www.pandora.com <http://

Information
www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the
Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used
with permission.
• Mobile access requires a smartphone
with an active data plan. Standard data
rates may apply.
• Pandora is only available in the United
States.

* Not available on all models 581

 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 582 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Index
Index
Numbers Defrosting the Windshield and Customizing the Meter ........................... 219
Windows............................................... 197 Display Setup .......................................... 237
120V AC (AC Level 1) ................................ 460
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 516 Error Messages ....................................... 284
12-Volt Battery Charging System
Sensors ................................................... 201 General Information................................ 288
Indicator ............................................ 90, 550
Synchronized Mode................................. 198 Home Screen .......................................... 225
240V AC (AC Level 2) ................................ 463
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 193 Limitations for Manual Operation............ 238
Air Pressure....................................... 504, 571 Menu Customize .................................... 234
A Airbags........................................................ 54 MP3/WMA/AAC ..................................... 264
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 60 Reactivating ............................................ 206
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 441
Airbag Care............................................... 68 Recommended Devices ........................... 290
Accessories and Modifications ................. 523
Driver’s Knee Airbag.................................. 61 Remote Controls..................................... 207
Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 189
Event Data Recorder.................................... 0 Security Code ......................................... 206
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System ............ 395
Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 57 Selecting an Audio Source ...................... 238
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Indicator.............................................. 66, 94 Status Area ............................................. 232
Speed Follow........................................... 402
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ......... 67 Theft Protection ...................................... 206
Indicator .................................................. 100
Sensors ..................................................... 54 USB Flash Drives...................................... 290
Additives
Side Airbags .............................................. 63 USB Port ................................................. 205
Coolant ................................................... 492
Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 65 Voice Control Operation ......................... 239
Engine Oil................................................ 486
AM/FM Radio............................................ 243 Wallpaper Setup ..................................... 223
Washer.................................................... 497
Android Auto ........................................... 280 Audio/Information Screen ....................... 211
Additives, Engine Oil ................................ 486
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 441 Authorized Manuals ................................ 579
Adjusting
Indicator.................................................... 93 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 149
Armrest ................................................... 182
Apple CarPlay ........................................... 277 Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 439
Front Seats .............................................. 175
Armrest ..................................................... 182 Indicator ........................................... 87, 439
Head Restraints........................................ 178
Audio Remote Controls ........................... 207 Automatic Brake Hold System
Mirrors .................................................... 173
Audio System.................................... 204, 210 Indicator ........................................... 87, 439
Index

Steering Wheel ........................................ 172

Adjusting the Sound................................ 236 Automatic Lighting.................................. 163
Temperature............................................ 126
Audio/Information Screen........................ 211 Average Fuel Economy ............................ 126
Agile Handling Assist................................ 428
Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout .. 219 Average Fuel Economy Records .............. 129
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
Changing the Screen Interface ................ 233 Average Speed ......................................... 127
System) .................................................... 193
Closing Apps........................................... 235
Changing the Mode ................................ 195

582
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 583 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

B Bulb Replacement .................................... 498 Timer ...................................................... 471

Front Turn Signal and Front Side Marker Charging Cable Bag ................................. 460
Battery ...................................................... 470
Lights .................................................... 498 Charging Connector......................... 461, 464
12-Volt ................................................... 512
Headlights ............................................... 498 Charging System Indicator................. 90, 550
12-Volt Battery Charging System
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 499 Child Safety................................................. 69
Indicator ......................................... 90, 550
Parking/Daytime Running Lights .............. 498 Childproof Door Locks............................. 148
Charging (12-Volt Battery) ...................... 513
Rear License Plate Lights .......................... 499 Child Seat.................................................... 69
Charging (High Voltage Battery).............. 458
Taillights and Back-Up Lights ................... 499 Booster Seats ............................................ 81
High Voltage........................................... 470
Taillights/Rear Side Marker, Brake and Child Seat for Infants................................. 71
Jump Starting ......................................... 543
Rear Turn Signal Lights .......................... 499 Child Seat for Small Children..................... 72
Maintenance (Checking the 12-Volt
Bulb Specifications ................................... 570 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Battery) ................................................. 512
Seat Belt.................................................. 76
Maintenance (Replacing)......................... 514
Larger Children ......................................... 80
Belts (Seat).................................................. 47 C Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 71
Beverage Holders..................................... 187
Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 82 Selecting a Child Seat................................ 73
Bluetooth® Audio..................................... 267 Carrying Cargo.................................. 373, 375 Using a Tether........................................... 78
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ................... 337
Certification Label .................................... 572 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 148
Booster Seats (For Children)...................... 81
Changing Bulbs......................................... 498 Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 519
Brake System ............................................ 435
Charge Lid ......................................... 461, 464 Cleaning the Interior................................ 517
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 441
Charge Lid Release Button............... 460, 463 Climate Control System............................ 193
Automatic Brake Hold............................. 439 Charge Timer Setting ............................... 471 Changing the Mode ................................ 195
Brake Assist System................................. 442
Charging (High Voltage Battery)............. 458 Defrosting the Windshield and
Fluid ....................................................... 496
120V AC (AC Level 1) .............................. 460 Windows............................................... 197
Foot Brake .............................................. 437 240V AC (AC Level 2) .............................. 463 Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 516
Indicator (Amber).............................. 88, 554
Cannot Start Charging ............................ 467 Sensors ................................................... 201
Indicator (Red) .................... 86, 87, 552, 554
Charge Indicator (vehicle side) ................. 469 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 193

Index
Parking Brake.......................................... 435 Charge Lid....................................... 461, 464 Clock.......................................................... 136
Brake System (Amber)
Charging Cable Bag ................................ 460 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking
Indicator ........................................... 88, 554
Charging Connector ........................ 461, 464 SystemTM)................................................. 443
Brake System (Red) Control Box ............................................. 465 Coat Hook................................................. 190
Indicator ............................. 86, 87, 552, 554
High Voltage Battery ............................... 470

583
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 584 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM Door Mirrors ............................................. 174 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............ 426
(CMBSTM) .................................................. 443 Doors......................................................... 137 Emergency................................................ 565
Console Compartment ............................. 186 Auto Door Locking .................................. 149 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ...... 575
Control Box ............................................... 465 Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 149 Energy Flow Screen.................................. 215
Controls ..................................................... 135 Door Open Message.................................. 46 Engine
Coolant (Engine)....................................... 492 Keys ........................................................ 137 Coolant .................................................. 492
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 493 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Oil .......................................................... 486
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 492 Inside .............................................. 25, 146 Engine Coolant ........................................ 492
Overheating............................................. 546 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Adding to the Radiator ........................... 493
Coolant (High Voltage Battery and Outside ................................................. 139 Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 492
Inverter)................................................... 494 Lockout Prevention System...................... 145 Overheating............................................ 546
Creeping (Transmission) ........................... 383 DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 506 Engine Oil................................................. 486
Cup Holders............................................... 187 Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points ............ 131 Adding ................................................... 488
Customer Service Information ................. 580 Driver Information Interface ................... 124 Checking ................................................ 487
Customized Features ........................ 133, 306 Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 61 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 486
Driving ...................................................... 371 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ........ 94
Braking ................................................... 435 EV Indicator ................................................ 89
D Shifting Gear........................................... 384 Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 82
Daytime Running Lights........................... 165 Transmission ........................................... 383 Exterior Care (Cleaning) .......................... 519
Dead Battery (12-Volt) ............................. 543 Turning on the Power.............................. 378 Exterior Mirrors........................................ 174
Deceleration Paddle Selector................... 392 Driving Position Memory System ............ 170
Deceleration Paddle Selector Indicator ....... 91 Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 516
Defrosting the Windshield and F
Windows.................................................. 197 Features .................................................... 203
Devices that Emit Radio Waves................ 573 E Filters
Dimming Eco Assist® System ...................................... 20 Dust and Pollen....................................... 516
Index

Headlights ............................................... 162 Eco Drive Display ...................................... 130 Oil .......................................................... 489
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 173 ECON Mode .............................................. 390 Flat Tire..................................................... 526
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 487 Elapsed Time............................................. 127 Floor Mats ................................................ 518
Directional Signals (Turn Signal).............. 161 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Fluids
Display Button .......................................... 211 Indicator.................................................... 94 Brake ...................................................... 496

584
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 585 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Coolant .......................................... 492, 494 Gauges ...................................................... 121 Head Restraints ........................................ 178
Transmission ........................................... 496 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 91, 386 Headlights................................................. 162
Windshield Washer ................................. 497 Gear Shift Positions Aiming .................................................... 498
FM/AM Radio ........................................... 243 Transmission............................................ 384 Automatic Operation............................... 163
Foot Brake ................................................ 437 Glass (care) ........................................ 518, 520 Dimming ......................................... 162, 165
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 57 Glove Box .................................................. 185 Operating................................................ 162
Front Seat Heaters ................................... 191 Heated Door Mirror Button..................... 169
Front Seats................................................ 175 Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 191
Adjusting ................................................ 175
H HFL (HandsFreeLink®)............................... 337
Front Sensor Camera ............................... 396 Handling the Unexpected ........................ 525 High Beam Indicator .................................. 97
Fuel ..................................................... 33, 455 HandsFreeLink® (HFL) ............................... 337 High Voltage Battery ............................... 470
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions............ 473 Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook Charging................................................. 458
Gauge .................................................... 121 and Call History ..................................... 350 High Voltage Battery Charge Level
Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 127 Displaying Messages ................................ 364 Gauge...................................................... 123
Range ..................................................... 121 HFL Buttons ............................................. 337 High-Voltage Battery Monitoring
Recommendation.................................... 455 HFL Menus .............................................. 340 System ......................................................... 2
Refueling ................................................ 455 HFL Status Display ................................... 339 Hill Start Assist System ............................. 381
Requirement ........................................... 570 In Case of Emergency .............................. 368 Home Screen............................................. 225
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions............ 473 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 339 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver............ 334
Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 33, 456 Making a Call .......................................... 358 Honda App License Agreement .............. 291
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 33, 456 Options During a Call .............................. 361 Honda SensingTM ........................................ 34
Fuses ......................................................... 557 Phone Setup ............................................ 345 HondaLink® ............................................. 269
Inspecting and Changing ........................ 564 Phonebook Phonetic Modification ........... 354 HV Button ................................................... 16
Locations ........................................ 557, 560 Receiving a Call ....................................... 361 HV Charge................................................... 17
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message .............. 362 HV Charge Indicator................................... 89
Ring Tone ................................................ 349 HV Indicator................................................ 89

Index
G Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 363
Gasoline (Fuel) Speed Dial ............................................... 351
Economy................................................. 473 To Set Up Text/E-mail Message Options ... 348
Information............................................. 455 Hazard Warning Button............................... 6
Refueling ................................................ 455 HD RadioTM ................................................ 243

585
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 586 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

I Parking Brake and Brake Keys........................................................... 137

System (Red)...................... 86, 87, 552, 554 Lockout Prevention ................................. 145
Identification Numbers
POWER SYSTEM........................................ 88 Number Tag............................................ 138
Engine, Motor, and Transmission ............. 572
READY ...................................................... 90 Rear Door Won’t Open ........................... 148
Vehicle Identification ............................... 572
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ............. 99 Remote Transmitter ................................ 143
Immobilizer System .................................. 153
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 49, 93 Types and Functions................................ 137
Indicator .................................................... 97
Security System Alarm ............................... 98 Kickdown.................................................. 383
Indicators..................................................... 86
SPORT Mode ..................................... 98, 391
12-Volt Battery Charging System ....... 90, 550
Supplemental Restraint System............ 66, 94
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
System Message........................................ 98
L
Low Speed Follow.......................... 100, 403
Transmission System.................................. 92 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 419
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 93
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning ............... 97 LaneWatchTM ............................................ 433
Automatic Brake Hold........................ 87, 439 LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 74
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®) OFF .. 95, 427
Automatic Brake Hold System............ 87, 439
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®) Lights ................................................ 162, 498
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
System ............................................ 95, 426 Automatic............................................... 163
(CMBSTM) ....................................... 101, 102 Bulb Replacement ................................... 498
Information .............................................. 569
Deceleration Paddle Selector...................... 91
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 127 Daytime Running Lights .......................... 165
ECON Mode .............................................. 98
Instrument Panel ........................................ 85 High Beam Indicator ................................. 97
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 94, 553
Interior Lights ........................................... 183 Interior.................................................... 183
EV ............................................................. 89
Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 173 Light Switches......................................... 162
Gear Position ............................................. 91 Lights On Indicator.................................... 97
iPod ........................................................... 255
High Beam................................................. 97
Turn Signals ............................................ 161
HV............................................................. 89
Load Limits ............................................... 375
HV Charge................................................. 89 J Locking/Unlocking ................................... 137
Immobilizer System.................................... 97
Jacking Points ........................................... 538 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 149
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 101, 421
Jump Starting ........................................... 543 Childproof Door Locks ............................ 148
Index

Lights On................................................... 97 From Inside ............................................. 146

Low Fuel.................................................... 91
From Outside .......................................... 139
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............. 96, 429, 431 K Keys........................................................ 137
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ....................... 90 Key Number Tag....................................... 138 Using a Key............................................. 144
Parking Brake and Brake System Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 145 Lockout Prevention System ..................... 145
(Amber) ........................................... 88, 554

586
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 587 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Low Battery Charge (12-Volt) ................. 550 Mirrors....................................................... 173 Trunk ...................................................... 150
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 91 Adjusting................................................. 173 Operating the Switches Around the
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Door........................................................ 174 Steering Wheel ....................................... 158
Strength.................................................. 138 Exterior.................................................... 174 Outside Temperature Display.................. 126
Lower Anchors ........................................... 74 Interior Rearview ..................................... 173 Overheating.............................................. 546
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit)............. 375 Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 523
Motor ........................................................ 572
Jump Starting .......................................... 543
P
M MP3 ........................................................... 264 Pandora® ................................................. 262
Maintenance ............................................ 475 Multi-View Rear Camera .......................... 453 Panic Mode ............................................... 155
12-Volt Battery ....................................... 512 Parking...................................................... 451
Brake Fluid.............................................. 496 Parking Brake ........................................... 435
Cleaning ................................................. 517 N Parking Brake and Brake
Climate Control System .......................... 515 Numbers (Identification) .......................... 572 System Indicator (Red) ....... 86, 87, 552, 554
Coolant .......................................... 492, 494 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ....... 67
Maintenance MinderTM............................ 479 Passing Indicators ..................................... 162
Oil .......................................................... 487
O Playing Bluetooth® Audio........................ 267
Precautions ............................................. 476 Odometer.................................................. 126 POWER Button ......................................... 158
Radiator.................................................. 493 Oil (Engine) ............................................... 486 Power Flow Monitor ................................ 132
Remote Transmitter ................................ 514 Adding .................................................... 488 Power System
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 498 Checking ................................................. 487 Turning on .............................................. 378
Safety ..................................................... 477 Displaying Oil Life .................................... 479 POWER SYSTEM Indicator.......................... 88
Service Items........................................... 481 Recommended Engine Oil........................ 486 Power Windows ....................................... 156
Tires........................................................ 503 Viscosity .................................................. 486 POWER/CHARGE Gauge........................... 122
Transmission Fluid................................... 496 Warning .................................................. 549 Precautions While Driving
Under the Hood...................................... 484 Open Source Licenses ............................... 305 Rain ........................................................ 382

Index
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ..................... 90 Opening Pregnant Women ....................................... 52
Map Lights................................................ 184 Trunk .............................................. 150, 568 Puncture (Tire).......................................... 526
Maximum Load Limit............................... 375 Opening/Closing
Meters, Gauges ........................................ 121 Hood ....................................................... 485
Power Windows ...................................... 156

587
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 588 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

R S Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 65

Siri Eyes Free............................................. 276
Radiator..................................................... 493 Safe Driving ................................................ 41
SiriusXM® Radio ............................... 247, 288
Radio (FM/AM).......................................... 243 Safety Checklist .......................................... 46
Smart Entry System .................................. 139
Radio (SiriusXM®)...................................... 247 Safety Labels............................................... 83
Snow Tires ................................................ 511
Radio Data System (RDS).......................... 245 Safety Message............................................. 3
Song By VoiceTM (SBV).............................. 258
Range ................................................ 121, 129 Seat Belts .................................................... 47
Specifications ........................................... 570
RDS (Radio Data System).......................... 245 Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor.................. 51
Specified Fuel ................................... 455, 570
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 575 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 49
SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in (intelligent
READY Indicator ......................................... 90 Checking................................................... 53
Multi-Mode Drive Plug-in)....................... 11
Rear Defogger Button.............................. 169 Fastening .................................................. 50
SPORT Mode............................................. 391
Rear Seats.................................................. 181 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
SPORT Mode Indicator....................... 98, 391
Rearview Mirror........................................ 173 Seat Belt.................................................. 76
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 57
Refueling................................................... 455 Pregnant Women ...................................... 52
Status Area ............................................... 232
Fuel Gauge .............................................. 121 Reminder ............................................ 49, 93
Steering Wheel
Gasoline .......................................... 455, 570 Warning Indicator ............................... 49, 93
Adjusting ................................................ 172
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 91 Seat Heaters.............................................. 191
Stopping ................................................... 451
Regulations ....................... 431, 468, 506, 573 Seats .......................................................... 175
Summer Tires............................................ 511
Remote Transmitter.................................. 143 Adjusting ................................................ 175
Sunglasses Holder .................................... 192
Replacement Front Seats .............................................. 175
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 57
Battery..................................................... 514 Rear Seats ............................................... 181
Switches (Around the Steering
Bulbs ....................................................... 498 Seat Heaters............................................ 191
Wheel) ............................................ 6, 7, 158
Fuses ............................................... 557, 560 Security System......................................... 153
Synchronization Mode ............................ 198
Tires ........................................................ 509 Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 97
System Message Indicator ......................... 98
Wiper Blade Rubber................................. 500 Security System Alarm Indicator................. 98
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 574 Selecting a Child Seat................................. 73
Index

Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 126 Setting the Clock ...................................... 136 T
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 398 Shift Button ........................................ 31, 384
Telematics Control Unit ........................... 133
On and Off .............................................. 400 Operation................................................ 386
Temperature Sensor ................................ 201
Shifting (Transmission)....................... 31, 384 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 527
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 51
Time (Setting)........................................... 136
Side Airbags................................................ 63

588
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 589 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

Timer......................................................... 471 Trip Meter ................................................. 126 Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Troubleshooting ....................................... 525 Inside ................................................. 25, 146
(TPMS)..................................................... 429 Blown Fuse ...................................... 557, 560 USB Flash Drives ............................... 264, 290
Indicator ........................................... 96, 555 Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 37 USB Ports................................................... 205
Tires .......................................................... 503 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 37 Using the Smart Entry with Push Button
Air Pressure..................................... 504, 571 Cannot Start Charging ............................ 467 Start System ............................................ 139
Chains .................................................... 511 Emergency Towing .................................. 565
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 503 Flat Tire/Puncture..................................... 526
Flat Tire (Puncture) .................................. 526 Noise When Braking .................................. 39
V
Inspection ............................................... 503 Overheating ............................................ 546 Vanity Mirrors............................................... 9
Labeling.................................................. 504 Power System Won’t Start ....................... 539 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 572
Regulations............................................. 506 Rear Door Won’t Open ...................... 37, 148 Vehicle Monitoring System.......................... 2
Rotation.................................................. 510 Unable to Open the Charge Lid ............... 567 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA®) .............. 426
Summer.................................................. 511 Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door .......... 566 Off Button............................................... 427
Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 527 Warning Indicators .................................... 86 Off Indicator...................................... 95, 427
Wear Indicators....................................... 508 Trunk ......................................................... 150 System Indicator................................ 95, 426
Winter .................................................... 511 Lid ........................................................... 150 Viscosity (Oil) ............................................ 486
Towing a Trailer....................................... 377 Light Bulbs .............................................. 570 Voice Control Operation.......................... 239
Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 377 Unable to Open ....................................... 568 Audio Commands ................................... 241
Emergency.............................................. 565 Turn Signals .............................................. 161 Climate Control Commands .................... 242
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 97 General Commands ................................ 242
System).................................................... 429 Turn-by-Turn Directions ........................... 127 Music Search Commands ........................ 242
Transmission............................... 31, 383, 384 Turning on the Power .............................. 378 On Screen Commands............................. 242
Creeping................................................. 383 Does Not Activate.................................... 539 Phone Commands................................... 241
Fluid ....................................................... 496 Jump Starting .......................................... 543 Useful Commands................................... 241
Gear Position Indicator...................... 91, 386 Voice Portal Screen.................................. 240

Index
Indicator ................................................... 92 Voice Recognition ................................... 239
Number .................................................. 572
U VSA® (Vehicle Stability AssistTM) .............. 426
Operating the Shift Button................ 31, 386 Under-Floor Storage Area........................ 190
Shifting................................................... 384 Unlocking the Doors ................................ 139
Warning Message ............................. 92, 556

589
 20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 590 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分

W
Wallpaper.................................................. 223
Warning and Information Messages ....... 103
Warning Indicator On/Blinking................ 549
Warning Labels ........................................... 83
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately)............................................... 576
Watts ......................................................... 570
Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 508
Wi-Fi Connection ...................................... 274
Window Washers...................................... 166
Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 497
Switch ..................................................... 166
Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 156
Windshield
Cleaning.......................................... 518, 520
Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 197
Washer Fluid............................................ 497
Wiper Blades ........................................... 500
Wipers and Washers ................................ 166
Winter Tires
Snow Tires............................................... 511
Tire Chains .............................................. 511
Wipers and Washers ................................. 166
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 500
Index

WMA ......................................................... 264

Worn Tires................................................. 503

590
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 591 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分
20 CLARITY PHEV-31TRW6200.book 592 ページ ２０１９年９月２４日 火曜日 午後１２時９分
 owners.honda.com (U.S.)
honda.ca (Canada)
31TRW620
OM-12883 2020 Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid Owner’s Manual
00X31-TRW-6200 © 2020 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved Printed in U.S.A.